;


Sūkta 10.1 

ágre bṛhánnuṣásāmūrdʰvó astʰānnirjaganvā́ntámaso jyótiṣā́gāt |
agnírbʰānúnā rúśatā sváṅga ā́ jātó víśvā sádmānyaprāḥ || 1||











sá jātó gárbʰo asi ródasyorágne cā́rurvíbʰṛta óṣadʰīṣu |
citráḥ śíśuḥ pári támāṃsyaktū́nprá mātṛ́bʰyo ádʰi kánikradadgāḥ || 2||











víṣṇurittʰā́ paramámasya vidvā́ñjātó bṛhánnabʰí pāti tṛtī́yam |
āsā́ yádasya páyo ákrata sváṃ sácetaso abʰyàrcantyátra || 3||











áta u tvā pitubʰṛ́to jánitrīrannāvṛ́dʰaṃ práti carantyánnaiḥ |
tā́ īṃ prátyeṣi púnaranyárūpā ási tváṃ vikṣú mā́nuṣīṣu hótā || 4||











hótāraṃ citráratʰamadʰvarásya yajñásyayajñasya ketúṃ rúśantam |
prátyardʰiṃ devásyadevasya mahnā́ śriyā́ tvàgnímátitʰiṃ jánānām || 5||











sá tú vástrāṇyádʰa péśanāni vásāno agnírnā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
aruṣó jātáḥ padá íḷāyāḥ puróhito rājanyakṣīhá devā́n || 6||











ā́ hí dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ agna ubʰé sádā putró ná mātárā tatántʰa |
prá yāhyácʰośató yaviṣṭʰā́tʰā́ vaha sahasyehá devā́n || 7||












Sūkta 10.2 

piprīhí devā́m̐ uśató yaviṣṭʰa vidvā́m̐ ṛtū́m̐rṛtupate yajehá |
yé daívyā ṛtvíjastébʰiragne tváṃ hótṝṇāmasyā́yajiṣṭʰaḥ || 1||











véṣi hotrámutá potráṃ jánānāṃ mandʰātā́si draviṇodā́ ṛtā́vā |
svā́hā vayáṃ kṛṇávāmā havī́ṃṣi devó devā́nyajatvagnírárhan || 2||











ā́ devā́nāmápi pántʰāmaganma yácʰaknávāma tádánu právoḷhum |
agnírvidvā́nsá yajātsédu hótā só adʰvarā́nsá ṛtū́nkalpayāti || 3||











yádvo vayáṃ praminā́ma vratā́ni vidúṣāṃ devā áviduṣṭarāsaḥ |
agníṣṭádvíśvamā́ pṛṇāti vidvā́nyébʰirdevā́m̐ ṛtúbʰiḥ kalpáyāti || 4||











yátpākatrā́ mánasā dīnádakṣā ná yajñásya manvaté mártyāsaḥ |
agníṣṭáddʰótā kratuvídvijānányájiṣṭʰo devā́m̐ ṛtuśó yajāti || 5||











víśveṣāṃ hyàdʰvarā́ṇāmánīkaṃ citráṃ ketúṃ jánitā tvā jajā́na |
sá ā́ yajasva nṛvátīránu kṣā́ spārhā́ íṣaḥ kṣumátīrviśvájanyāḥ || 6||











yáṃ tvā dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ yáṃ tvā́pastváṣṭā yáṃ tvā sujánimā jajā́na |
pántʰāmánu pravidvā́npitṛyā́ṇaṃ dyumádagne samidʰānó ví bʰāhi || 7||












Sūkta 10.3 

inó rājannaratíḥ sámiddʰo raúdro dákṣāya suṣumā́m̐ adarśi |
cikídví bʰāti bʰāsā́ bṛhatā́siknīmeti rúśatīmapā́jan || 1||











kṛṣṇā́ṃ yádénīmabʰí várpasā bʰū́jjanáyanyóṣāṃ bṛhatáḥ pitúrjā́m |
ūrdʰváṃ bʰānúṃ sū́ryasya stabʰāyándivó vásubʰiraratírví bʰāti || 2||











bʰadró bʰadráyā sácamāna ā́gātsvásāraṃ jāró abʰyèti paścā́t |
supraketaírdyúbʰiragnírvitíṣṭʰanrúśadbʰirvárṇairabʰí rāmámastʰāt || 3||











asyá yā́māso bṛható ná vagnū́níndʰānā agnéḥ sákʰyuḥ śivásya |
ī́ḍyasya vṛ́ṣṇo bṛhatáḥ svā́so bʰā́māso yā́mannaktávaścikitre || 4||











svanā́ ná yásya bʰā́māsaḥ pávante rócamānasya bṛhatáḥ sudívaḥ |
jyéṣṭʰebʰiryástéjiṣṭʰaiḥ krīḷumádbʰirvárṣiṣṭʰebʰirbʰānúbʰirnákṣati dyā́m || 5||











asyá śúṣmāso dadṛśānápaverjéhamānasya svanayanniyúdbʰiḥ |
pratnébʰiryó rúśadbʰirdevátamo ví rébʰadbʰiraratírbʰā́ti víbʰvā || 6||











sá ā́ vakṣi máhi na ā́ ca satsi diváspṛtʰivyóraratíryuvatyóḥ |
agníḥ sutúkaḥ sutúkebʰiráśvai rábʰasvadbʰī rábʰasvām̐ éhá gamyāḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.4 

prá te yakṣi prá ta iyarmi mánma bʰúvo yátʰā vándyo no háveṣu |
dʰánvanniva prapā́ asi tvámagna iyakṣáve pūráve pratna rājan || 1||











yáṃ tvā jánāso abʰí saṃcáranti gā́va uṣṇámiva vrajáṃ yaviṣṭʰa |
dūtó devā́nāmasi mártyānāmantármahā́m̐ścarasi rocanéna || 2||











śíśuṃ ná tvā jényaṃ vardʰáyantī mātā́ bibʰarti sacanasyámānā |
dʰánorádʰi pravátā yāsi háryañjígīṣase paśúrivā́vasṛṣṭaḥ || 3||











mūrā́ amūra ná vayáṃ cikitvo mahitvámagne tvámaṅgá vitse |
śáye vavríścárati jihváyādánrerihyáte yuvatíṃ viśpátiḥ sán || 4||











kū́cijjāyate sánayāsu návyo váne tastʰau palitó dʰūmáketuḥ |
asnātā́po vṛṣabʰó ná prá veti sácetaso yáṃ praṇáyanta mártāḥ || 5||











tanūtyájeva táskarā vanargū́ raśanā́bʰirdaśábʰirabʰyàdʰītām |
iyáṃ te agne návyasī manīṣā́ yukṣvā́ rátʰaṃ ná śucáyadbʰiráṅgaiḥ || 6||











bráhma ca te jātavedo námaśceyáṃ ca gī́ḥ sádamídvárdʰanī bʰūt |
rákṣā ṇo agne tánayāni tokā́ rákṣotá nastanvò áprayucʰan || 7||












Sūkta 10.5 

ékaḥ samudró dʰarúṇo rayīṇā́masmáddʰṛdó bʰū́rijanmā ví caṣṭe |
síṣaktyū́dʰarniṇyórupástʰa útsasya mádʰye níhitaṃ padáṃ véḥ || 1||











samānáṃ nīḷáṃ vṛ́ṣaṇo vásānāḥ sáṃ jagmire mahiṣā́ árvatībʰiḥ |
ṛtásya padáṃ kaváyo ní pānti gúhā nā́māni dadʰire párāṇi || 2||











ṛtāyínī māyínī sáṃ dadʰāte mitvā́ śíśuṃ jajñaturvardʰáyantī |
víśvasya nā́bʰiṃ cárato dʰruvásya kavéścittántuṃ mánasā viyántaḥ || 3||











ṛtásya hí vartanáyaḥ sújātamíṣo vā́jāya pradívaḥ sácante |
adʰīvāsáṃ ródasī vāvasāné gʰṛtaíránnairvāvṛdʰāte mádʰūnām || 4||











saptá svásṝráruṣīrvāvaśānó vidvā́nmádʰva újjabʰārā dṛśé kám |
antáryeme antárikṣe purājā́ icʰánvavrímavidatpūṣaṇásya || 5||











saptá maryā́dāḥ kaváyastatakṣustā́sāmékāmídabʰyàṃhuró gāt |
āyórha skambʰá upamásya nīḷé patʰā́ṃ visargé dʰarúṇeṣu tastʰau || 6||











ásacca sácca paramé vyomandákṣasya jánmannáditerupástʰe |
agnírha naḥ pratʰamajā́ ṛtásya pū́rva ā́yuni vṛṣabʰáśca dʰenúḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.6 

ayáṃ sá yásya śármannávobʰiragnérédʰate jaritā́bʰíṣṭau |
jyéṣṭʰebʰiryó bʰānúbʰirṛṣūṇā́ṃ paryéti párivīto vibʰā́vā || 1||











yó bʰānúbʰirvibʰā́vā vibʰā́tyagnírdevébʰirṛtā́vā́jasraḥ |
ā́ yó vivā́ya sakʰyā́ sákʰibʰyó'parihvṛto átyo ná sáptiḥ || 2||











ī́śe yó víśvasyā devávīterī́śe viśvā́yuruṣáso vyùṣṭau |
ā́ yásminmanā́ havī́ṃṣyagnā́váriṣṭaratʰa skabʰnā́ti śūṣaíḥ || 3||











śūṣébʰirvṛdʰó juṣāṇó arkaírdevā́m̐ ácʰā ragʰupátvā jigāti |
mandró hótā sá juhvā̀ yájiṣṭʰaḥ sámmiślo agnírā́ jigʰarti devā́n || 4||











támusrā́míndraṃ ná réjamānamagníṃ gīrbʰírnámobʰirā́ kṛṇudʰvam |
ā́ yáṃ víprāso matíbʰirgṛṇánti jātávedasaṃ juhvàṃ sahā́nām || 5||











sáṃ yásminvíśvā vásūni jagmúrvā́je nā́śvāḥ sáptīvanta évaiḥ |
asmé ūtī́ríndravātatamā arvācīnā́ agna ā́ kṛṇuṣva || 6||











ádʰā hyàgne mahnā́ niṣádyā sadyó jajñānó hávyo babʰū́tʰa |
táṃ te devā́so ánu kétamāyannádʰāvardʰanta pratʰamā́sa ū́māḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.7 

svastí no divó agne pṛtʰivyā́ viśvā́yurdʰehi yajátʰāya deva |
sácemahi táva dasma praketaíruruṣyā́ ṇa urúbʰirdeva śáṃsaiḥ || 1||











imā́ agne matáyastúbʰyaṃ jātā́ góbʰiráśvairabʰí gṛṇanti rā́dʰaḥ |
yadā́ te márto ánu bʰógamā́naḍváso dádʰāno matíbʰiḥ sujāta || 2||











agníṃ manye pitáramagnímāpímagníṃ bʰrā́taraṃ sádamítsákʰāyam |
agnéránīkaṃ bṛhatáḥ saparyaṃ diví śukráṃ yajatáṃ sū́ryasya || 3||











sidʰrā́ agne dʰíyo asmé sánutrīryáṃ trā́yase dáma ā́ nítyahotā |
ṛtā́vā sá rohídaśvaḥ purukṣúrdyúbʰirasmā áhabʰirvāmámastu || 4||











dyúbʰirhitáṃ mitrámiva prayógaṃ pratnámṛtvíjamadʰvarásya jārám |
bāhúbʰyāmagnímāyávo'jananta vikṣú hótāraṃ nyàsādayanta || 5||











svayáṃ yajasva diví deva devā́nkíṃ te pā́kaḥ kṛṇavadápracetāḥ |
yátʰā́yaja ṛtúbʰirdeva devā́nevā́ yajasva tanvàṃ sujāta || 6||











bʰávā no agne'vitótá gopā́ bʰávā vayaskṛ́dutá no vayodʰā́ḥ |
rā́svā ca naḥ sumaho havyádātiṃ trā́svotá nastanvò áprayucʰan || 7||












Sūkta 10.8 

prá ketúnā bṛhatā́ yātyagnírā́ ródasī vṛṣabʰó roravīti |
diváścidántām̐ upamā́m̐ údānaḷapā́mupástʰe mahiṣó vavardʰa || 1||











mumóda gárbʰo vṛṣabʰáḥ kakúdmānasremā́ vatsáḥ śímīvām̐ arāvīt |
sá devátātyúdyatāni kṛṇvánsvéṣu kṣáyeṣu pratʰamó jigāti || 2||











ā́ yó mūrdʰā́naṃ pitrórárabdʰa nyàdʰvaré dadʰire sū́ro árṇaḥ |
ásya pátmannáruṣīráśvabudʰnā ṛtásya yónau tanvò juṣanta || 3||











uṣaùṣo hí vaso ágraméṣi tváṃ yamáyorabʰavo vibʰā́vā |
ṛtā́ya saptá dadʰiṣe padā́ni janáyanmitráṃ tanvè svā́yai || 4||











bʰúvaścákṣurmahá ṛtásya gopā́ bʰúvo váruṇo yádṛtā́ya véṣi |
bʰúvo apā́ṃ nápājjātavedo bʰúvo dūtó yásya havyáṃ jújoṣaḥ || 5||











bʰúvo yajñásya rájasaśca netā́ yátrā niyúdbʰiḥ sácase śivā́bʰiḥ |
diví mūrdʰā́naṃ dadʰiṣe svarṣā́ṃ jihvā́magne cakṛṣe havyavā́ham || 6||











asyá tritáḥ krátunā vavré antáricʰándʰītíṃ pitúrévaiḥ párasya |
sacasyámānaḥ pitrórupástʰe jāmí bruvāṇá ā́yudʰāni veti || 7||











sá pítryāṇyā́yudʰāni vidvā́níndreṣita āptyó abʰyàyudʰyat |
triśīrṣā́ṇaṃ saptáraśmiṃ jagʰanvā́ntvāṣṭrásya cinníḥ sasṛje tritó gā́ḥ || 8||











bʰū́rī́díndra udínakṣantamójó'vābʰinatsátpatirmányamānam |
tvāṣṭrásya cidviśvárūpasya gónāmācakrāṇástrī́ṇi śīrṣā́ párā vark || 9||












Sūkta 10.9 

ā́po hí ṣṭʰā́ mayobʰúvastā́ na ūrjé dadʰātana |
mahé ráṇāya cákṣase || 1||











yó vaḥ śivátamo rásastásya bʰājayatehá naḥ |
uśatī́riva mātáraḥ || 2||











tásmā áraṃ gamāma vo yásya kṣáyāya jínvatʰa |
ā́po janáyatʰā ca naḥ || 3||











śáṃ no devī́rabʰíṣṭaya ā́po bʰavantu pītáye |
śáṃ yórabʰí sravantu naḥ || 4||











ī́śānā vā́ryāṇāṃ kṣáyantīścarṣaṇīnā́m |
apó yācāmi bʰeṣajám || 5||











apsú me sómo abravīdantárvíśvāni bʰeṣajā́ |
agníṃ ca viśváśambʰuvam || 6||











ā́paḥ pṛṇītá bʰeṣajáṃ várūtʰaṃ tanvè máma |
jyókca sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 7||











idámāpaḥ prá vahata yátkíṃ ca duritáṃ máyi |
yádvāhámabʰidudróha yádvā śepá utā́nṛtam || 8||











ā́po adyā́nvacāriṣaṃ rásena sámagasmahi |
páyasvānagna ā́ gahi táṃ mā sáṃ sṛja várcasā || 9||












Sūkta 10.10 

ó citsákʰāyaṃ sakʰyā́ vavṛtyāṃ tiráḥ purū́ cidarṇaváṃ jaganvā́n |
pitúrnápātamā́ dadʰīta vedʰā́ ádʰi kṣámi prataráṃ dī́dʰyānaḥ || 1||











ná te sákʰā sakʰyáṃ vaṣṭyetátsálakṣmā yádvíṣurūpā bʰávāti |
mahásputrā́so ásurasya vīrā́ divó dʰartā́ra urviyā́ pári kʰyan || 2||











uśánti gʰā té amṛ́tāsa etádékasya cittyajásaṃ mártyasya |
ní te máno mánasi dʰāyyasmé jányuḥ pátistanvàmā́ viviśyāḥ || 3||











ná yátpurā́ cakṛmā́ káddʰa nūnámṛtā́ vádanto ánṛtaṃ rapema |
gandʰarvó apsvápyā ca yóṣā sā́ no nā́bʰiḥ paramáṃ jāmí tánnau || 4||











gárbʰe nú nau janitā́ dámpatī kardevástváṣṭā savitā́ viśvárūpaḥ |
nákirasya prá minanti vratā́ni véda nāvasyá pṛtʰivī́ utá dyaúḥ || 5||











kó asyá veda pratʰamásyā́hnaḥ ká īṃ dadarśa ká ihá prá vocat |
bṛhánmitrásya váruṇasya dʰā́ma kádu brava āhano vī́cyā nṝ́n || 6||











yamásya mā yamyàṃ kāma ā́gansamāné yónau sahaśéyyāya |
jāyéva pátye tanvàṃ riricyāṃ ví cidvṛheva rátʰyeva cakrā́ || 7||











ná tiṣṭʰanti ná ní miṣantyeté devā́nāṃ spáśa ihá yé cáranti |
anyéna mádāhano yāhi tū́yaṃ téna ví vṛha rátʰyeva cakrā́ || 8||











rā́trībʰirasmā áhabʰirdaśasyetsū́ryasya cákṣurmúhurúnmimīyāt |
divā́ pṛtʰivyā́ mitʰunā́ sábandʰū yamī́ryamásya bibʰṛyādájāmi || 9||











ā́ gʰā tā́ gacʰānúttarā yugā́ni yátra jāmáyaḥ kṛṇávannájāmi |
úpa barbṛhi vṛṣabʰā́ya bāhúmanyámicʰasva subʰage pátiṃ mát || 10||











kíṃ bʰrā́tāsadyádanātʰáṃ bʰávāti kímu svásā yánnírṛtirnigácʰāt |
kā́mamūtā bahvètádrapāmi tanvā̀ me tanvàṃ saṃ pipṛgdʰi || 11||











ná vā́ u te tanvā̀ tanvàṃ saṃ papṛcyāṃ pāpámāhuryáḥ svásāraṃ nigácʰāt |
anyéna mátpramúdaḥ kalpayasva ná te bʰrā́tā subʰage vaṣṭyetát || 12||











bató batāsi yama naívá te máno hṛ́dayaṃ cāvidāma |
anyā́ kíla tvā́ṃ kakṣyèva yuktáṃ pári ṣvajāte líbujeva vṛkṣám || 13||











anyámū ṣú tváṃ yamyanyá u tvā́ṃ pári ṣvajāte líbujeva vṛkṣám |
tásya vā tváṃ mána icʰā́ sá vā távā́dʰā kṛṇuṣva saṃvídaṃ súbʰadrām || 14||












Sūkta 10.11 

vṛ́ṣā vṛ́ṣṇe duduhe dóhasā diváḥ páyāṃsi yahvó áditerádābʰyaḥ |
víśvaṃ sá veda váruṇo yátʰā dʰiyā́ sá yajñíyo yajatu yajñíyām̐ ṛtū́n || 1||











rápadgandʰarvī́rápyā ca yóṣaṇā nadásya nādé pári pātu me mánaḥ |
iṣṭásya mádʰye áditirní dʰātu no bʰrā́tā no jyeṣṭʰáḥ pratʰamó ví vocati || 2||











só cinnú bʰadrā́ kṣumátī yáśasvatyuṣā́ uvāsa mánave svàrvatī |
yádīmuśántamuśatā́mánu krátumagníṃ hótāraṃ vidátʰāya jī́janan || 3||











ádʰa tyáṃ drapsáṃ vibʰvàṃ vicakṣaṇáṃ vírā́bʰaradiṣitáḥ śyenó adʰvaré |
yádī víśo vṛṇáte dasmámā́ryā agníṃ hótāramádʰa dʰī́rajāyata || 4||











sádāsi raṇvó yávaseva púṣyate hótrābʰiragne mánuṣaḥ svadʰvaráḥ |
víprasya vā yácʰaśamāná uktʰyàṃ vājaṃ sasavā́m̐ upayā́si bʰū́ribʰiḥ || 5||











údīraya pitárā jārá ā́ bʰágamíyakṣati haryató hṛttá iṣyati |
vívakti váhniḥ svapasyáte makʰástaviṣyáte ásuro vépate matī́ || 6||











yáste agne sumatíṃ márto ákṣatsáhasaḥ sūno áti sá prá śṛṇve |
íṣaṃ dádʰāno váhamāno áśvairā́ sá dyumā́m̐ ámavānbʰūṣati dyū́n || 7||











yádagna eṣā́ sámitirbʰávāti devī́ devéṣu yajatā́ yajatra |
rátnā ca yádvibʰájāsi svadʰāvo bʰāgáṃ no átra vásumantaṃ vītāt || 8||











śrudʰī́ no agne sádane sadʰástʰe yukṣvā́ rátʰamamṛ́tasya dravitnúm |
ā́ no vaha ródasī deváputre mā́kirdevā́nāmápa bʰūrihá syāḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.12 

dyā́vā ha kṣā́mā pratʰamé ṛténābʰiśrāvé bʰavataḥ satyavā́cā |
devó yánmártānyajátʰāya kṛṇvánsī́daddʰótā pratyáṅsvámásuṃ yán || 1||











devó devā́nparibʰū́rṛténa váhā no havyáṃ pratʰamáścikitvā́n |
dʰūmáketuḥ samídʰā bʰā́ṛjīko mandró hótā nítyo vācā́ yájīyān || 2||











svā́vṛgdevásyāmṛ́taṃ yádī góráto jātā́so dʰārayanta urvī́ |
víśve devā́ ánu tátte yájurgurduhé yádénī divyáṃ gʰṛtáṃ vā́ḥ || 3||











árcāmi vāṃ várdʰāyā́po gʰṛtasnū dyā́vābʰūmī śṛṇutáṃ rodasī me |
áhā yáddyā́vó'sunītimáyanmádʰvā no átra pitárā śiśītām || 4||











kíṃ svinno rā́jā jagṛhe kádasyā́ti vratáṃ cakṛmā kó ví veda |
mitráściddʰí ṣmā juhurāṇó devā́ñcʰlóko ná yātā́mápi vā́jo ásti || 5||











durmántvátrāmṛ́tasya nā́ma sálakṣmā yádvíṣurūpā bʰávāti |
yamásya yó manávate sumántvágne támṛṣva pāhyáprayucʰan || 6||











yásmindevā́ vidátʰe mādáyante vivásvataḥ sádane dʰāráyante |
sū́rye jyótirádadʰurmāsyàktū́npári dyotaníṃ carato ájasrā || 7||











yásmindevā́ mánmani saṃcárantyapīcyè ná vayámasya vidma |
mitró no átrā́ditiránāgānsavitā́ devó váruṇāya vocat || 8||











śrudʰī́ no agne sádane sadʰástʰe yukṣvā́ rátʰamamṛ́tasya dravitnúm |
ā́ no vaha ródasī deváputre mā́kirdevā́nāmápa bʰūrihá syāḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.13 

yujé vāṃ bráhma pūrvyáṃ námobʰirví ślóka etu patʰyèva sūréḥ |
śṛṇvántu víśve amṛ́tasya putrā́ ā́ yé dʰā́māni divyā́ni tastʰúḥ || 1||











yamé iva yátamāne yádaítaṃ prá vāṃ bʰaranmā́nuṣā devayántaḥ |
ā́ sīdataṃ svámu lokáṃ vídāne svāsastʰé bʰavatamíndave naḥ || 2||











páñca padā́ni rupó ánvarohaṃ cátuṣpadīmánvemi vraténa |
akṣáreṇa práti mima etā́mṛtásya nā́bʰāvádʰi sáṃ punāmi || 3||











devébʰyaḥ kámavṛṇīta mṛtyúṃ prajā́yai kámamṛ́taṃ nā́vṛṇīta |
bṛ́haspátiṃ yajñámakṛṇvata ṛ́ṣiṃ priyā́ṃ yamástanvàṃ prārirecīt || 4||











saptá kṣaranti śíśave marútvate pitré putrā́so ápyavīvatannṛtám |
ubʰé ídasyobʰáyasya rājata ubʰé yatete ubʰáyasya puṣyataḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.14 

pareyivā́ṃsaṃ praváto mahī́ránu bahúbʰyaḥ pántʰāmanupaspaśānám |
vaivasvatáṃ saṃgámanaṃ jánānāṃ yamáṃ rā́jānaṃ havíṣā duvasya || 1||











yamó no gātúṃ pratʰamó viveda naíṣā́ gávyūtirápabʰartavā́ u |
yátrā naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ pareyúrenā́ jajñānā́ḥ patʰyā̀ ánu svā́ḥ || 2||











mā́talī kavyaíryamó áṅgirobʰirbṛ́haspátirṛ́kvabʰirvāvṛdʰānáḥ |
yā́m̐śca devā́ vāvṛdʰúryé ca devā́nsvā́hānyé svadʰáyānyé madanti || 3||











imáṃ yama prastarámā́ hí sī́dā́ṅgirobʰiḥ pitṛ́bʰiḥ saṃvidānáḥ |
ā́ tvā mántrāḥ kaviśastā́ vahantvenā́ rājanhavíṣā mādayasva || 4||











áṅgirobʰirā́ gahi yajñíyebʰiryáma vairūpaírihá mādayasva |
vívasvantaṃ huve yáḥ pitā́ te'smínyajñé barhíṣyā́ niṣádya || 5||











áṅgiraso naḥ pitáro návagvā átʰarvāṇo bʰṛ́gavaḥ somyā́saḥ |
téṣāṃ vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyānāmápi bʰadré saumanasé syāma || 6||











préhi préhi patʰíbʰiḥ pūrvyébʰiryátrā naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ pareyúḥ |
ubʰā́ rā́jānā svadʰáyā mádantā yamáṃ paśyāsi váruṇaṃ ca devám || 7||











sáṃ gacʰasva pitṛ́bʰiḥ sáṃ yaméneṣṭāpūrténa paramé vyoman |
hitvā́yāvadyáṃ púnarástaméhi sáṃ gacʰasva tanvā̀ suvárcāḥ || 8||











ápeta vī̀ta ví ca sarpatā́to'smā́ etáṃ pitáro lokámakran |
áhobʰiradbʰíraktúbʰirvyàktaṃ yamó dadātyavasā́namasmai || 9||











áti drava sārameyaú śvā́nau caturakṣaú śabálau sādʰúnā patʰā́ |
átʰā pitṝ́nsuvidátrām̐ úpehi yaména yé sadʰamā́daṃ mádanti || 10||











yaú te śvā́nau yama rakṣitā́rau caturakṣaú patʰirákṣī nṛcákṣasau |
tā́bʰyāmenaṃ pári dehi rājansvastí cāsmā anamīváṃ ca dʰehi || 11||











urūṇasā́vasutṛ́pā udumbalaú yamásya dūtaú carato jánām̐ ánu |
tā́vasmábʰyaṃ dṛśáye sū́ryāya púnardātāmásumadyéhá bʰadrám || 12||











yamā́ya sómaṃ sunuta yamā́ya juhutā havíḥ |
yamáṃ ha yajñó gacʰatyagnídūto áraṃkṛtaḥ || 13||











yamā́ya gʰṛtávaddʰavírjuhóta prá ca tiṣṭʰata |
sá no devéṣvā́ yamaddīrgʰámā́yuḥ prá jīváse || 14||











yamā́ya mádʰumattamaṃ rā́jñe havyáṃ juhotana |
idáṃ náma ṛ́ṣibʰyaḥ pūrvajébʰyaḥ pū́rvebʰyaḥ patʰikṛ́dbʰyaḥ || 15||











tríkadrukebʰiḥ patati ṣáḷurvī́rékamídbṛhát |
triṣṭúbgāyatrī́ cʰándāṃsi sárvā tā́ yamá ā́hitā || 16||












Sūkta 10.15 

údīratāmávara útpárāsa únmadʰyamā́ḥ pitáraḥ somyā́saḥ |
ásuṃ yá īyúravṛkā́ ṛtajñā́sté no'vantu pitáro háveṣu || 1||











idáṃ pitṛ́bʰyo námo astvadyá yé pū́rvāso yá úparāsa īyúḥ |
yé pā́rtʰive rájasyā́ níṣattā yé vā nūnáṃ suvṛjánāsu vikṣú || 2||











ā́háṃ pitṝ́nsuvidátrām̐ avitsi nápātaṃ ca vikrámaṇaṃ ca víṣṇoḥ |
barhiṣádo yé svadʰáyā sutásya bʰájanta pitvástá ihā́gamiṣṭʰāḥ || 3||











bárhiṣadaḥ pitara ūtyàrvā́gimā́ vo havyā́ cakṛmā juṣádʰvam |
tá ā́ gatā́vasā śáṃtamenā́tʰā naḥ śáṃ yórarapó dadʰāta || 4||











úpahūtāḥ pitáraḥ somyā́so barhiṣyèṣu nidʰíṣu priyéṣu |
tá ā́ gamantu tá ihá śruvantvádʰi bruvantu tè'vantvasmā́n || 5||











ā́cyā jā́nu dakṣiṇató niṣádyemáṃ yajñámabʰí gṛṇīta víśve |
mā́ hiṃsiṣṭa pitaraḥ kéna cinno yádva ā́gaḥ puruṣátā kárāma || 6||











ā́sīnāso aruṇī́nāmupástʰe rayíṃ dʰatta dāśúṣe mártyāya |
putrébʰyaḥ pitarastásya vásvaḥ prá yacʰata tá ihórjaṃ dadʰāta || 7||











yé naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ somyā́so'nūhiré somapītʰáṃ vásiṣṭʰāḥ |
tébʰiryamáḥ saṃrarāṇó havī́ṃṣyuśánnuśádbʰiḥ pratikāmámattu || 8||











yé tātṛṣúrdevatrā́ jéhamānā hotrāvída stómataṣṭāso arkaíḥ |
ā́gne yāhi suvidátrebʰirarvā́ṅsatyaíḥ kavyaíḥ pitṛ́bʰirgʰarmasádbʰiḥ || 9||











yé satyā́so havirádo haviṣpā́ índreṇa devaíḥ sarátʰaṃ dádʰānāḥ |
ā́gne yāhi sahásraṃ devavandaíḥ páraiḥ pū́rvaiḥ pitṛ́bʰirgʰarmasádbʰiḥ || 10||











ágniṣvāttāḥ pitara éhá gacʰata sádaḥsadaḥ sadata supraṇītayaḥ |
attā́ havī́ṃṣi práyatāni barhíṣyátʰā rayíṃ sárvavīraṃ dadʰātana || 11||











tvámagna īḷitó jātavedó'vāḍḍʰavyā́ni surabʰī́ṇi kṛtvī́ |
prā́dāḥ pitṛ́bʰyaḥ svadʰáyā té akṣannaddʰí tváṃ deva práyatā havī́ṃṣi || 12||











yé cehá pitáro yé ca néhá yā́m̐śca vidmá yā́m̐ u ca ná pravidmá |
tváṃ vettʰa yáti té jātavedaḥ svadʰā́bʰiryajñáṃ súkṛtaṃ juṣasva || 13||











yé agnidagdʰā́ yé ánagnidagdʰā mádʰye diváḥ svadʰáyā mādáyante |
tébʰiḥ svarā́ḷásunītimetā́ṃ yatʰāvaśáṃ tanvàṃ kalpayasva || 14||












Sūkta 10.16 

maínamagne ví daho mā́bʰí śoco mā́sya tvácaṃ cikṣipo mā́ śárīram |
yadā́ śṛtáṃ kṛṇávo jātavedó'tʰemenaṃ prá hiṇutātpitṛ́bʰyaḥ || 1||











śṛtáṃ yadā́ kárasi jātavedó'tʰemenaṃ pári dattātpitṛ́bʰyaḥ |
yadā́ gácʰātyásunītimetā́mátʰā devā́nāṃ vaśanī́rbʰavāti || 2||











sū́ryaṃ cákṣurgacʰatu vā́tamātmā́ dyā́ṃ ca gacʰa pṛtʰivī́ṃ ca dʰármaṇā |
apó vā gacʰa yádi tátra te hitámóṣadʰīṣu práti tiṣṭʰā śárīraiḥ || 3||











ajó bʰāgástápasā táṃ tapasva táṃ te śocístapatu táṃ te arcíḥ |
yā́ste śivā́stanvò jātavedastā́bʰirvahainaṃ sukṛ́tāmu lokám || 4||











áva sṛja púnaragne pitṛ́bʰyo yásta ā́hutaścárati svadʰā́bʰiḥ |
ā́yurvásāna úpa vetu śéṣaḥ sáṃ gacʰatāṃ tanvā̀ jātavedaḥ || 5||











yátte kṛṣṇáḥ śakuná ātutóda pipīláḥ sarpá utá vā śvā́padaḥ |
agníṣṭádviśvā́dagadáṃ kṛṇotu sómaśca yó brāhmaṇā́m̐ āvivéśa || 6||











agnérvárma pári góbʰirvyayasva sáṃ prórṇuṣva pī́vasā médasā ca |
néttvā dʰṛṣṇúrhárasā járhṛṣāṇo dadʰṛ́gvidʰakṣyánparyaṅkʰáyāte || 7||











imámagne camasáṃ mā́ ví jihvaraḥ priyó devā́nāmutá somyā́nām |
eṣá yáścamasó devapā́nastásmindevā́ amṛ́tā mādayante || 8||











kravyā́damagníṃ prá hiṇomi dūráṃ yamárājño gacʰatu ripravāháḥ |
ihaívā́yámítaro jātávedā devébʰyo havyáṃ vahatu prajānán || 9||











yó agníḥ kravyā́tpravivéśa vo gṛhámimáṃ páśyannítaraṃ jātávedasam |
táṃ harāmi pitṛyajñā́ya deváṃ sá gʰarmáminvātparamé sadʰástʰe || 10||











yó agníḥ kravyavā́hanaḥ pitṝ́nyákṣadṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ |
prédu havyā́ni vocati devébʰyaśca pitṛ́bʰya ā́ || 11||











uśántastvā ní dʰīmahyuśántaḥ sámidʰīmahi |
uśánnuśatá ā́ vaha pitṝ́nhavíṣe áttave || 12||











yáṃ tvámagne samádahastámu nírvāpayā púnaḥ |
kiyā́mbvátra rohatu pākadūrvā́ vyalkaśā || 13||











śī́tike śī́tikāvati hlā́dike hlā́dikāvati |
maṇḍūkyā̀ sú sáṃ gama imáṃ svàgníṃ harṣaya || 14||












Sūkta 10.17 

tváṣṭā duhitré vahatúṃ kṛṇotī́tīdáṃ víśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ sámeti |
yamásya mātā́ paryuhyámānā mahó jāyā́ vívasvato nanāśa || 1||











ápāgūhannamṛ́tāṃ mártyebʰyaḥ kṛtvī́ sávarṇāmadadurvívasvate |
utā́śvínāvabʰaradyáttádā́sīdájahādu dvā́ mitʰunā́ saraṇyū́ḥ || 2||











pūṣā́ tvetáścyāvayatu prá vidvā́nánaṣṭapaśurbʰúvanasya gopā́ḥ |
sá tvaitébʰyaḥ pári dadatpitṛ́bʰyo'gnírdevébʰyaḥ suvidatríyebʰyaḥ || 3||











ā́yurviśvā́yuḥ pári pāsati tvā pūṣā́ tvā pātu prápatʰe purástāt |
yátrā́sate sukṛ́to yátra té yayústátra tvā deváḥ savitā́ dadʰātu || 4||











pūṣémā́ ā́śā ánu veda sárvāḥ só asmā́m̐ ábʰayatamena neṣat |
svastidā́ ā́gʰṛṇiḥ sárvavīró'prayucʰanpurá etu prajānán || 5||











prápatʰe patʰā́majaniṣṭa pūṣā́ prápatʰe diváḥ prápatʰe pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
ubʰé abʰí priyátame sadʰástʰe ā́ ca párā ca carati prajānán || 6||











sárasvatīṃ devayánto havante sárasvatīmadʰvaré tāyámāne |
sárasvatīṃ sukṛ́to ahvayanta sárasvatī dāśúṣe vā́ryaṃ dāt || 7||











sárasvati yā́ sarátʰaṃ yayā́tʰa svadʰā́bʰirdevi pitṛ́bʰirmádantī |
āsádyāsmínbarhíṣi mādayasvānamīvā́ íṣa ā́ dʰehyasmé || 8||











sárasvatīṃ yā́ṃ pitáro hávante dakṣiṇā́ yajñámabʰinákṣamāṇāḥ |
sahasrārgʰámiḷó átra bʰāgáṃ rāyáspóṣaṃ yájamāneṣu dʰehi || 9||











ā́po asmā́nmātáraḥ śundʰayantu gʰṛténa no gʰṛtapvàḥ punantu |
víśvaṃ hí ripráṃ praváhanti devī́rúdídābʰyaḥ śúcirā́ pūtá emi || 10||











drapsáścaskanda pratʰamā́m̐ ánu dyū́nimáṃ ca yónimánu yáśca pū́rvaḥ |
samānáṃ yónimánu saṃcárantaṃ drapsáṃ juhomyánu saptá hótrāḥ || 11||











yáste drapsá skándati yáste aṃśúrbāhúcyuto dʰiṣáṇāyā upástʰāt |
adʰvaryórvā pári vā yáḥ pavítrāttáṃ te juhomi mánasā váṣaṭkṛtam || 12||











yáste drapsá skannó yáste aṃśúraváśca yáḥ paráḥ srucā́ |
ayáṃ devó bṛ́haspátiḥ sáṃ táṃ siñcatu rā́dʰase || 13||











páyasvatīróṣadʰayaḥ páyasvanmāmakáṃ vácaḥ |
apā́ṃ páyasvadítpáyasténa mā sahá śundʰata || 14||












Sūkta 10.18 

páraṃ mṛtyo ánu párehi pántʰāṃ yáste svá ítaro devayā́nāt |
cákṣuṣmate śṛṇvaté te bravīmi mā́ naḥ prajā́ṃ rīriṣo mótá vīrā́n || 1||











mṛtyóḥ padáṃ yopáyanto yádaíta drā́gʰīya ā́yuḥ prataráṃ dádʰānāḥ |
āpyā́yamānāḥ prajáyā dʰánena śuddʰā́ḥ pūtā́ bʰavata yajñiyāsaḥ || 2||











imé jīvā́ ví mṛtaírā́vavṛtrannábʰūdbʰadrā́ deváhūtirno adyá |
prā́ñco agāma nṛtáye hásāya drā́gʰīya ā́yuḥ prataráṃ dádʰānāḥ || 3||











imáṃ jīvébʰyaḥ paridʰíṃ dadʰāmi maíṣāṃ nú gādáparo ártʰametám |
śatáṃ jīvantu śarádaḥ purūcī́rantármṛtyúṃ dadʰatāṃ párvatena || 4||











yátʰā́hānyanupūrváṃ bʰávanti yátʰa ṛtáva ṛtúbʰiryánti sādʰú |
yátʰā ná pū́rvamáparo jáhātyevā́ dʰātarā́yūṃṣi kalpayaiṣām || 5||











ā́ rohatā́yurjarásaṃ vṛṇānā́ anupūrváṃ yátamānā yáti ṣṭʰá |
ihá tváṣṭā sujánimā sajóṣā dīrgʰámā́yuḥ karati jīváse vaḥ || 6||











imā́ nā́rīravidʰavā́ḥ supátnīrā́ñjanena sarpíṣā sáṃ viśantu |
anaśrávo'namīvā́ḥ surátnā ā́ rohantu jánayo yónimágre || 7||











údīrṣva nāryabʰí jīvalokáṃ gatā́sumetámúpa śeṣa éhi |
hastagrābʰásya didʰiṣóstávedáṃ pátyurjanitvámabʰí sáṃ babʰūtʰa || 8||











dʰánurhástādādádāno mṛtásyāsmé kṣatrā́ya várcase bálāya |
átraivá tvámihá vayáṃ suvī́rā víśvā spṛ́dʰo abʰímātīrjayema || 9||











úpa sarpa mātáraṃ bʰū́mimetā́muruvyácasaṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ suśévām |
ū́rṇamradā yuvatírdákṣiṇāvata eṣā́ tvā pātu nírṛterupástʰāt || 10||











úcʰvañcasva pṛtʰivi mā́ ní bādʰatʰāḥ sūpāyanā́smai bʰava sūpavañcanā́ |
mātā́ putráṃ yátʰā sicā́bʰyenaṃ bʰūma ūrṇuhi || 11||











ucʰváñcamānā pṛtʰivī́ sú tiṣṭʰatu sahásraṃ míta úpa hí śráyantām |
té gṛhā́so gʰṛtaścúto bʰavantu viśvā́hāsmai śaraṇā́ḥ santvátra || 12||











útte stabʰnāmi pṛtʰivī́ṃ tvátpárīmáṃ logáṃ nidádʰanmó aháṃ riṣam |
etā́ṃ stʰū́ṇāṃ pitáro dʰārayantu té'trā yamáḥ sā́danā te minotu || 13||











pratīcī́ne mā́máhanī́ṣvāḥ parṇámivā́ dadʰuḥ |
pratī́cīṃ jagrabʰā vā́camáśvaṃ raśanáyā yatʰā || 14||












Sūkta 10.19 

ní vartadʰvaṃ mā́nu gātāsmā́nsiṣakta revatīḥ |
ágnīṣomā punarvasū asmé dʰārayataṃ rayím || 1||











púnarenā ní vartaya púnarenā nyā́ kuru |
índra eṇā ní yacʰatvagnírenā upā́jatu || 2||











púnaretā́ ní vartantāmasmínpuṣyantu gópatau |
ihaívā́gne ní dʰārayehá tiṣṭʰatu yā́ rayíḥ || 3||











yánniyā́naṃ nyáyanaṃ saṃjñā́naṃ yátparā́yaṇam |
āvártanaṃ nivártanaṃ yó gopā́ ápi táṃ huve || 4||











yá udā́naḍvyáyanaṃ yá udā́naṭ parā́yaṇam |
āvártanaṃ nivártanamápi gopā́ ní vartatām || 5||











ā́ nivarta ní vartaya púnarna indra gā́ dehi |
jīvā́bʰirbʰunajāmahai || 6||











pári vo viśváto dadʰa ūrjā́ gʰṛténa páyasā |
yé devā́ḥ ké ca yajñíyāsté rayyā́ sáṃ sṛjantu naḥ || 7||











ā́ nivartana vartaya ní nivartana vartaya |
bʰū́myāścátasraḥ pradíśastā́bʰya enā ní vartaya || 8||












Sūkta 10.20 

bʰadráṃ no ápi vātaya mánaḥ || 1||











agnímīḷe bʰujā́ṃ yáviṣṭʰaṃ śāsā́ mitráṃ durdʰárītum |
yásya dʰármansvàrénīḥ saparyánti mātúrū́dʰaḥ || 2||











yámāsā́ kṛpánīḷaṃ bʰāsā́ketuṃ vardʰáyanti |
bʰrā́jate śréṇidan || 3||











aryó viśā́ṃ gātúreti prá yádā́naḍdivó ántān |
kavírabʰráṃ dī́dyānaḥ || 4||











juṣáddʰavyā́ mā́nuṣasyordʰvástastʰāvṛ́bʰvā yajñé |
minvánsádma purá eti || 5||











sá hí kṣémo havíryajñáḥ śruṣṭī́dasya gātúreti |
agníṃ devā́ vā́śīmantam || 6||











yajñāsā́haṃ dúva iṣe'gníṃ pū́rvasya śévasya |
ádreḥ sūnúmāyúmāhuḥ || 7||











náro yé ké cāsmádā́ víśvétté vāmá ā́ syuḥ |
agníṃ havíṣā várdʰantaḥ || 8||











kṛṣṇáḥ śvetò'ruṣó yā́mo asya bradʰná ṛjrá utá śóṇo yáśasvān |
híraṇyarūpaṃ jánitā jajāna || 9||











evā́ te agne vimadó manīṣā́mū́rjo napādamṛ́tebʰiḥ sajóṣāḥ |
gíra ā́ vakṣatsumatī́riyāná íṣamū́rjaṃ sukṣitíṃ víśvamā́bʰāḥ || 10||












Sūkta 10.21 

ā́gníṃ ná svávṛktibʰirhótāraṃ tvā vṛṇīmahe |
yajñā́ya stīrṇábarhiṣe ví vo máde śīráṃ pāvakáśociṣaṃ vívakṣase || 1||











tvā́mu té svābʰúvaḥ śumbʰántyáśvarādʰasaḥ |
véti tvā́mupasécanī ví vo máda ṛ́jītiragna ā́hutirvívakṣase || 2||











tvé dʰarmā́ṇa āsate juhū́bʰiḥ siñcatī́riva |
kṛṣṇā́ rūpā́ṇyárjunā ví vo máde víśvā ádʰi śríyo dʰiṣe vívakṣase || 3||











yámagne mányase rayíṃ sáhasāvannamartya |
támā́ no vā́jasātaye ví vo máde yajñéṣu citrámā́ bʰarā vívakṣase || 4||











agnírjātó átʰarvaṇā vidádvíśvāni kā́vyā |
bʰúvaddūtó vivásvato ví vo máde priyó yamásya kā́myo vívakṣase || 5||











tvā́ṃ yajñéṣvīḷaté'gne prayatyàdʰvaré |
tváṃ vásūni kā́myā ví vo máde víśvā dadʰāsi dāśúṣe vívakṣase || 6||











tvā́ṃ yajñéṣvṛtvíjaṃ cā́rumagne ní ṣedire |
gʰṛtápratīkaṃ mánuṣo ví vo máde śukráṃ cétiṣṭʰamakṣábʰirvívakṣase || 7||











ágne śukréṇa śocíṣorú pratʰayase bṛhát |
abʰikrándanvṛṣāyase ví vo máde gárbʰaṃ dadʰāsi jāmíṣu vívakṣase || 8||












Sūkta 10.22 

kúha śrutá índraḥ kásminnadyá jáne mitró ná śrūyate |
ṛ́ṣīṇāṃ vā yáḥ kṣáye gúhā vā cárkṛṣe girā́ || 1||



1.  kuhaa śrutajmsn indraNmsn kasr3msl adyaa  
    jananmsl mitranmsn nac śrūyatevp·A·3s«√śru |
    ṛṣinmpgc yasr3msn kṣayanmsl  
    guhānfslc carkṛṣeva·U·3s«√kṛ girnfsi 



1.  Where [is] listened-to Indra? In which person
    nowadays he is being listened to as if a patron,
    [where is a person,] who in the abode of seers,
    or in a secret place praises [him] with a chant?



ihá śrutá índro asmé adyá stáve vajryṛ́cīṣamaḥ |
mitró ná yó jáneṣvā́ yáśaścakré ásāmyā́ || 2||



2.  ihac śrutajmsn indraNmsn vayamr1mpl adyaa  
    stavanmsl vajrinnmsn (ṛcnfsl-iṣamanns)jmsn |
    mitranmsn nac yasr3msn jananmpl āp  
    yaśasnnsa cakrevp·I·3s«√kṛ asāmijnsa āp 



2.  Here [is] listened-to Indra nowadays, in us¹.
    In [the] eulogy [he is] a thunderbolt-wielder [who is] sought with a verse,
    who, as if a patron, has produced in [these] folks
    the [sense of] worth [that is,] moreover, not premature,



mahó yáspátiḥ śávaso ásāmyā́ mahó nṛmṇásya tūtujíḥ |
bʰartā́ vájrasya dʰṛṣṇóḥ pitā́ putrámiva priyám || 3||



3.  mahjnsg yasr3msn patinmsn śavasnnsg asāmijnsn āp  
    mahjnsg nṛmṇannsg tūtujijmsn |
    bʰartṛnmsn vajranmsg dʰṛṣṇujmsg  
    pitṛnmsn putranmsa ivac priyajmsa 



3.  who [is] overseer of great power to change [that is,] moreover, not premature,
    [who is] having ways to promote great courage,
    [who is] a bearer of the daring thunderbolt
    like a father [is] of a dear son.



yujānó áśvā vā́tasya dʰúnī devó devásya vajrivaḥ |
syántā patʰā́ virúkmatā sṛjāná stoṣyádʰvanaḥ || 4||



4.  yujānajmsn aśvanmda vātaNmsg dʰunijmda  
    devanmsn devanmsg vajrivatjmsv |
    syantjmda patʰinnmsi virukmantjmsi  
    sṛjānajmsn stoṣivp·U·3s«√stu adʰvannmpa 



4.  Yoking two tumultuous horses of Wind,
    the deva, [yoking] two flowing through brilliant path
    [horses] of deva, O thunderbolt-bearer,
    releasing [them] towards pathways, he is praised.



tváṃ tyā́ cidvā́tasyā́śvā́gā ṛjrā́ tmánā váhadʰyai |
yáyordevó ná mártyo yantā́ nákirvidā́yyaḥ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn tyadr3mda cidc vātaNmsg aśvanmda āp agāsvp·U·2s«√gā  
    ṛjrajmda tmanāa vahadʰyaiv···D··«√vah |
    yasr3mdg devanmsn nac martyajmsn  
    yantṛnmsn nakisc vidāyyajmsn 



5.  Thou approached the two horses of Wind,
    going-straight ones in order to really convey [thee],
    [the two horses] which [neither] a deva, nor a mortal,
    will tame --- no one [such] is to be found.



ádʰa gmántośánā pṛcʰate vāṃ kádartʰā na ā́ gṛhám |
ā́ jagmatʰuḥ parākā́ddiváśca gmáśca mártyam || 6||



6.  adʰac gmanttp·Amda«√gam uśanasNmsn pṛcʰateva·A·3s«√pracʰ tvamr2mda  
    kadartʰajmdn vayamr1mpg āp gṛhanmsa |
    āp jagmatʰurvp·I·2d«√gam parākāta  
    dyunmsb cac kṣamnfsb cac martyajmsa 



6.  Now, Uśanas asks you two² who are approaching,
    ``Having what purpose [are you coming] to our house?
    You two came from a distance,
    from the Heaven and from the Earth to a mortal.''



ā́ na indra pṛkṣase'smā́kaṃ bráhmódyatam |
táttvā yācāmahé'vaḥ śúṣṇaṃ yáddʰánnámānuṣam || 7||



7.  āp vayamr1mpa indraNmsv pṛkṣasevp·Ae2s«√pracʰ  
    vayamr1mpg brahmannnsa udyatajnsa |
    tadr3nsa tvamr2msa yācāmaheva·A·1p«√yāc avasnnsa  
    śuṣṇaNmsa yadc hanvp·UE2s«√han amānuṣanmsa 



7.  [But if] thou, O Indra, would ask us
    about our undertaken formulation,
    [we will answer,] ``We implore thee for that favour
    that thou shall slay unintelligent Śuṣṇa.''



akarmā́ dásyurabʰí no amantúranyávrato ámānuṣaḥ |
tváṃ tásyāmitrahanvádʰardāsásya dambʰaya || 8||



8.  akarmanjmsn (dasnfs-yujms)nmsn abʰip vayamr1mpa  
    amantujmsn (anyajms-vratanns)jmsn amānuṣajmsn |
    tvamr2msn tasr3msg (amitrajms-hanjms)jmsv  
    vadʰarnnsa dāsanmsg dambʰayavpCAo2s«√dambʰ 



8.  ``Not-performing-good-works unthinking unintelligent opposed to (self-imposed) constraints
    impulse to suffer want is against us.
    Do thou, O slayer of hostiles,
    make his, demon's, destructive weapon to abandon [him]!''



tváṃ na indra śūra śū́rairutá tvótāso barháṇā |
purutrā́ te ví pūrtáyo návanta kṣoṇáyo yatʰā || 9||



9.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd indraNmsv śūranmsv śūranmpi  
    utac (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmpn barhaṇāa |
    purutrāa tvamr2msd vip pūrtijmpn navantavp·AE3p«√nu kṣoṇijmpn yatʰāc 



9.  [Be] thou with agents of change for us, O agent of change Indra,
    and [we will be] certainly helped by thee.
    In many ways those desirous of reward as [well as] trembling ones
    shall find their way to thee.



tváṃ tā́nvṛtrahátye codayo nṝ́nkārpāṇé śūra vajrivaḥ |
gúhā yádī kavīnā́ṃ viśā́ṃ nákṣatraśavasām || 10||



10. tvamr2msn tasr3mpa (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd codayasvpCUE2s«√cud nṛnmpa kārpāṇannsl śūranmsv vajrivatjmsv |
     guhānfsl yadic kavinmpg viśnfpg (nakṣatranns-śavasnns)jmpg 



10. Thou should have impelled those men [who were] in misery
    to slay Vṛtra, O thunderbolt-bearing agent of change!
    If in a secret place of poets, [formulations of those members] of clans
    who attained some degrees of the power-to-change, [would be undertaken],



makṣū́ tā́ ta indra dānā́pnasa ākṣāṇé śūra vajrivaḥ |
yáddʰa śúṣṇasya dambʰáyo jātáṃ víśvaṃ sayā́vabʰiḥ || 11||



11. makṣūa tadr3npn tvamr2msg indraNmsv (dānanns-apnasnns)jmsg  
     ākṣāṇajmsl śūranmsv vajrivatjmsv |
     yadc hac śuṣṇaNmsg dambʰayasvpCAE2s«√dabʰ  
     jātajmsn viśvajmsa sayāvanjmpi 



11. they³ [will] promptly [become] of thee, O Indra, [who is] abounding in gifts,
    in him who has attained [the power-to-change], O thunderbolt-bearing agent of change,
    when thou would make everything born of Śuṣṇa
    together with accompanying [effects] to abandon [him].



mā́kudʰryàgindra śūra vásvīrasmé bʰūvannabʰíṣṭayaḥ |
vayáṃvayaṃ ta āsāṃ sumné syāma vajrivaḥ || 12||



12. māc akudʰryaka indraNmsv śūranmsv vasujfpn  
     vayamr1mpl bʰūvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū abʰiṣṭinfpn |
     (vayamr1mp-vayamr1mp)a tvamr2msg ayamr3fpg sumnannsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as vajrivatjmsv 



12. May not [thy,] O agent of change Indra, 
    beneficial assistances become going-nowhere in us!
    May we, each one of us, be in the favour 
    of these thy [powers], O thunderbolt-bearer!



asmé tā́ ta indra santu satyā́hiṃsantīrupaspṛ́śaḥ |
vidyā́ma yā́sāṃ bʰújo dʰenūnā́ṃ ná vajrivaḥ || 13||



13. vayamr1mpd tadr3npn tvamr2msg indraNmsv santuvp·Ao3p«√as satyajnpn  
     ahiṃsantījfpn upaspṛśnfpn |
     vidyāmavp·Ao1p«√vidr3fpg bʰujnfpn  
     dʰenunfpg nac vajrivatjmsv 



13. May those [formulations] of thee, O Indra, be true for us!
    Trials [are] not hurting.
    Let us find out advantages of which [thy powers]
    [are] as if of milch-cows, O thunderbolt-bearer!



ahastā́ yádapádī várdʰata kṣā́ḥ śácībʰirvedyā́nām |
śúṣṇaṃ pári pradakṣiṇídviśvā́yave ní śiśnatʰaḥ || 14||



14. ahastājfsn yadc apadījfsn vardʰatava·AE3s«√vṛdʰ  
     kṣānfsn śacīnfpi vedyājfpg |
     śuṣṇaNmsa parip pradakṣiṇita  
     (viśvanns-āyujns)nnsd nip śiśnatʰasvp·U·2s«√śnatʰ 



14. When the Earth that is without hands and feet⁴ shall become strong
    by means of enabling powers of to-be-found-out [advantages],
    thou has fully transfixed Śuṣṇa from left [side of head⁵] to the right [side⁶] ---
    for the sake of agitating everything [energy].



píbāpibédindra śūra sómaṃ mā́ riṣaṇyo vasavāna vásuḥ sán |
utá trāyasva gṛṇató magʰóno maháśca rāyó revátaskṛdʰī naḥ || 15||



15. (pibavp·Ao2s«√pā-pibavp·Ao2s«√pā)a idc indraNmsv śūranmsv somanmsac riṣaṇyasvp·AE2s«√riṣaṇya (vasunns-ānanms)jmsv vasujmsn santtp·Amsn«√as |
     utac trāyasvava·Ao2s«√trai gṛṇanttp·Ampa«√gṝ magʰavanjmpa  
     mahjmpa cac rainmpa revatjmsb kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ vayamr1mpd 



15. Just drink and drink Soma, O agent of change Indra!
    Being beneficial, do not fail, O whose wealth is breath one!
    And, do protect extolling [thee] generous [institutors of the sacrifice]⁷,
    and effect for us great riches from the opulent one!


1 or, ``among us''
2 Indra and Bṛhaspati
3 the formulations
4 that is, the torso
5 left side is perceived as driving reactive behavior
6 right side is perceived as driving deliberate behavior
7 on the basis of 1.54.11cd


Sūkta 10.23 

yájāmaha índraṃ vájradakṣiṇaṃ hárīṇāṃ ratʰyàṃ vivratānām |
prá śmáśru dódʰuvadūrdʰvátʰā bʰūdví sénābʰirdáyamāno ví rā́dʰasā || 1||



1.  yajāmaheva·A·1p«√yaj indraNmsa (vajranms-dakṣiṇajms)jmsa  
    harijmpg ratʰyajmsa vivratajmpg |
    prap śmaśrunnsl dodʰuvattpIAmsn«√dʰū ūrdʰvatʰāa bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    vip senānfpi dayamānata·Amsn«√day vip rādʰasnnsi 



1.  We honor¹ Indra whose thunderbolt is dexterous,
    a charioteer of reluctant tawny ones,
    Blowing into beard², he shall become elevated³,
    being liberal with missiles, with satisfaction of [his] desire.



hárī nvàsya yā́ váne vidé vásvíndro magʰaírmagʰávā vṛtrahā́ bʰuvat |
ṛbʰúrvā́ja ṛbʰukṣā́ḥ patyate śávó'va kṣṇaumi dā́sasya nā́ma cit || 2||



2.  harijmdn nuc ayamr3msg yasr3mdn vanannsl videv···D··«√vid vasunnsn  
    indraNmsn magʰannpi magʰavanjmsn (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn bʰuvatvp·AE3s«√bʰū |
    ṛbʰujmsn vājanmsn (ṛbʰunms-kṣānfs)jmsn patyateva·A·3s«√pat śavasnnsa  
    avap kṣṇaumivp·A·1s«√kṣṇu dāsanmsg nāmannnsa cidc 



2.  Now then, two tawny ones of this one which [are active], when [there is] an earnest desire, are known as a beneficial [presence].
    [In that case,] generous with rewards Indra shall become Vṛtra-slayer.
    Skillful rush of vigour, being a basis of Ṛbʰu-s, governs the impulse to change.
    [Thus] I blunt the very nature of the savage one.



yadā́ vájraṃ híraṇyamídátʰā rátʰaṃ hárī yámasya váhato ví sūríbʰiḥ |
ā́ tiṣṭʰati magʰávā sánaśruta índro vā́jasya dīrgʰáśravasaspátiḥ || 3||



3.  yadāc vajranmsa hiraṇyajmsa idc atʰāc ratʰanmsa  
    harijmda yasr3msa ayamr3msg vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah vip sūrinmpi |
    āp tiṣṭʰativp·A·3s«√stʰā magʰavanjmsn sanaśrutajmsn  
    indraNmsn vājanmsg (dīrgʰajns-śravasnns)jmsg patinmsn 



3.  Whenever he, generous, famed from old times, contended for by institutors of sacrifice,
    resorts to the golden thunderbolt,
    he also resorts to a chariot which its two tawny ones draw.
    Indra is overseer of a rush of vigour of which auditory impression is long-lasting.



só cinnú vṛṣṭíryūtʰyā̀ svā́ sácām̐ índraḥ śmáśrūṇi háritābʰí pruṣṇute |
áva veti sukṣáyaṃ suté mádʰū́díddʰūnoti vā́to yátʰā vánam || 4||



4.  sasr3msn uc cidc nuc vṛṣṭinfsn yūtʰyajnpa svajnpa sacāa  
    indraNmsn śmaśrunnpa haritajnpa abʰip pruṣṇuteva·A·3s«√pruṣ |
    avap vetivp·A·3s«√vī sukṣayajnsa sutajmsl madʰunnsa  
    udp idc dʰūnotivp·A·3s«√dʰū vātanmsn yatʰāc vanannsa 



4.  Also, by accompanying his own [means of helping], that are part of the herd, he at once [becomes] [like] rain.
    Indra sprinkles hairs of the beard with enchanted [verses].
    He seeks to snatch well-sheltered⁴ in extracted [Soma] honey,
    he just shakes [it] out the way the wind [shakes] a thicket.



yó vācā́ vívāco mṛdʰrávācaḥ purū́ sahásrā́śivā jagʰā́na |
táttadídasya paúṃsyaṃ gṛṇīmasi pitéva yástáviṣīṃ vāvṛdʰé śávaḥ || 5||



5.  yasr3msn vācnfsi vivācjmpa (mṛdʰranns-vācnfs)jmpa  
    purua sahasrau aśivajnpa jagʰānavp·I·3s«√han |
    (tadr3ns-tadr3ns)a idc ayamr3msg pauṃsyannsa gṛṇīmasivp·A·1p«√gṝ  
    pitṛnmsn ivac yasr3msn taviṣīnfsa vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ śavasnnsa 



5.  Who by means of speech has slayed making diverging statements [all-consuming fears = atriṇas], [demons] whose speech is insulting,
    many thousands inciting reactive impulsiveness [mental defenses⁵],
    it is just this his manly deed that we extol,⁶
    [his,] who, like a father [strengthens his] power to control, has strengthened the power to change.



stómaṃ ta indra vimadā́ ajījanannápūrvyaṃ purutámaṃ sudā́nave |
vidmā́ hyasya bʰójanaminásya yádā́ paśúṃ ná gopā́ḥ karāmahe || 6||



6.  stomanmsa tvamr2msd indraNmsv vimadāNmpn ajījananvp·U·3p«√jan apūrvyajmsa purutamajmsa sudānujmsd |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic ayamr3msg bʰojanannsa inajmsg  
    yadr3nsa paśunmsa nac (gonfs-pājms)nmsn karāmaheva·Ue1p«√kṛ 



6.  Vimada-s have produced an original best-among-many
    hymn of praise to thee, O Indra, to munificent one ---
    since we know the source of pleasure of him, of infusing strength one,
    which [source of pleasure] we would bring near [thee] like cowherd [brings] kine [near cowshed].



mā́kirna enā́ sakʰyā́ ví yauṣustáva cendra vimadásya ca ṛ́ṣeḥ |
vidmā́ hí te prámatiṃ deva jāmivádasmé te santu sakʰyā́ śivā́ni || 7||



7.  mākisa vayamr1mpg idamr3msi sakʰyannpn vip yauṣurvp·UE3p«√yu  
    tvamr2msg cac indraNmsv vimadaNmsg cac ṛṣinmsg |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msg pramatinfsa devanmsv jāmivata  
    vayamr1mpd tvamr2msg santuvp·Ao3p«√as sakʰyannpn śivajnpn 



7.  Let not our --- of thee, O Indra, and of seer Vimada ---
    fellowships become deprived of this [source of thy pleasure].
    Since we know thy, O deva, foreseeing care [to be] like a sister,
    may thy fellowships be for us destroying reactive impulsiveness!


1 or, ``make a sacrifice to''
2 making exhalation strong and extending to move hairs of the beard
3 lit. ``upwards''
4 that is, ``well mixed''
5 rákṣāṃsi
6 this line is the same as 1.155.4a


Sūkta 10.24 

índra sómamimáṃ piba mádʰumantaṃ camū́ sutám |
asmé rayíṃ ní dʰāraya ví vo máde sahasríṇaṃ purūvaso vívakṣase || 1||



1.  indraNmsv somanmsa ayamr3msa pibavp·Ao2s«√pā madʰumatjmsa camūnfsl sutajmsn |
    vayamr1mpl rayinmsa nip dʰārayavpCAo2s«√dʰṛ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    sahasrinjmsa (purua-vasujms)jmsv  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



1.  O Indra, drink this Soma, 
    [which was] pressed out into bowl, [which is] rich in honey!
    Make the treasure to be established in us ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [the treasure] leading to a thousand different things, O one of many benefits,
    so that thou would intensify thyself.



tvā́ṃ yajñébʰiruktʰaírúpa havyébʰirīmahe |
śácīpate śacīnāṃ ví vo máde śréṣṭʰaṃ no dʰehi vā́ryaṃ vívakṣase || 2||



2.  tvamr2msa yajñanmpi uktʰannpi  
    upap havyannpi īmaheva·A·1p«√i |
    (śacīnfs-patinms)nmsv śacīnfpg  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    śreṣṭʰajmsa vayamr1mpd dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā vāryajmsa  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



2.  We betake ourselves to thee with fire offerings
    with recited verses, with oblations,
    O master of enabling powers, of enabling [thy worshipers] powers ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    set up for us most excellent, to-be-chosen [treasure],
    so that thou would intensify thyself.



yáspátirvā́ryāṇāmási radʰrásya coditā́ |
índra stotṝṇā́mavitā́ ví vo máde dviṣó naḥ pāhyáṃhaso vívakṣase || 3||



3.  yasr3msn patinmsa vāryajmpg  
    asivp·A·2s«√as radʰrajmsg coditṛnmsn |
    indraNmsv stotṛnmpg avitṛnmsn  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    dviṣnfsb vayamr1mpa pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā aṃhasnnsb  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



3.  Thou, who [are] the overseer of the to-be-chosen [treasure],
    are inciter of a meek [man],
    O Indra, [thou are] a helper of praisers ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    protect us from hatred, from anxiety,
    so that thou would intensify.



yuváṃ śakrā māyāvínā samīcī́ níramantʰatam |
vimadéna yádīḷitā́ nā́satyā nirámantʰatam || 4||



4.  tvamr2mdn śakrajmdn māyāvinjmdn  
    samyañcjfda nisp amantʰatamvp·Aa2d«√mantʰ |
    vimadaNmsi yadc īḷitajmdn nāsatyaNmdv niramantʰatamvp·Aa2d«nis~√matʰ 



4.  You two, empowering, possessing the power to configure [one's cognition],
    churned out the two¹ going along with another.
    When implored by Vimada,
    O two Nāsatya-s, you churned [them] out.



víśve devā́ akṛpanta samīcyórniṣpátantyoḥ |
nā́satyāvabruvandevā́ḥ púnarā́ vahatādíti || 5||



5.  viśvajmpn devanmpn akṛpantavp·Aa3p«√kṛp samīcījfdl niṣpatantījfdl |
    nāsatyaNmda abruvanvp·Aa3p«√brū devanmpn  
    punara āp vahatātvp·Ae3s«√vah itia 



5.  Between the two² flying out, going along with another,
    all deva-s lamented.
    Deva-s said to two Nāsatya-s,
    ``Would you two bring [them] back!''



mádʰumanme parā́yaṇaṃ mádʰumatpúnarā́yanam |
tā́ no devā devátayā yuváṃ mádʰumataskṛtam || 6||



6.  madʰumatjnsn ahamr1msd parāyaṇannsn  
    madʰumatjnsn punara āyanannsn |
    tasr3mdn vayamr1mpa devanmdv devatānfsi  
    tvamr2mdn madʰumatjmpa kṛtamvp·Ao2d«√kṛ 



6.  ``Sweet is my departure.''³
    ``Sweet is [my] coming back.''⁴
    [Being] such, O two deva-s, using [your] divinity,
    make us rich in honey!


1 the Night and the Dawn --- naktoṣasā -- see 9.5.6
2 that is, during the day
3 spoken by the Dawn
4 spoken by the Night


Sūkta 10.25 

bʰadráṃ no ápi vātaya máno dákṣamutá krátum |
ádʰā te sakʰyé ándʰaso ví vo máde ráṇangā́vo ná yávase vívakṣase || 1||



1.  bʰadrajnsa«√bʰaj vayamr1mpd apip vātayavp·Ao2s«√vāt  
    manasnnsa«√man dakṣanmsa«√dakṣ utac kratunmsa«√kṛ |
    adʰaa tvamr2msg sakʰyannsl«√sac andʰasnnsg«√andʰ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    raṇanvp·AE3p«√raṇ gonfpa nac yavasanmsl  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



1.  Would thou also fan for us an auspicious state of mind,
    mental power and resourcefulness!
    Then in-tune with thee, [with] the herb ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    they¹ shall rejoice like cows on a grassy mead,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



hṛdispṛ́śasta āsate víśveṣu soma dʰā́masu |
ádʰā kā́mā imé máma ví vo máde ví tiṣṭʰante vasūyávo vívakṣase || 2||



2.  (hṛdnnsl«√hṛd-spṛśjms«√spṛś)jmpn tvamr2msg āsateva·A·3p«√ās  
    viśvajnpl«√viś somaNmsv«√su dʰāmannnpl«√dʰā |
    adʰaa kāmanmpn«√kam ayamr3mpn ahamr1msg  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    vip tiṣṭʰanteva·A·3p«√stʰā (vasunns«√vas-yujms«√yu)jmpn  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



2.  Thine touching in the heart [drops] abide,
    O Soma, in every abode.
    Thus these my desires ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    stand still, [they that are] seeking wealth ---
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



utá vratā́ni soma te prā́háṃ mināmi pākyā̀ |
ádʰā pitéva sūnáve ví vo máde mṛḷā́ no abʰí cidvadʰā́dvívakṣase || 3||



3.  utac vratannpa«√vṛ2 somaNmsv«√su tvamr2msg  
    prap ahamr1msn mināmivp·A·1s«√mī pākyāa«√pac |
    adʰaa pitṛnmsn ivac sūnunmsd«√sū  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    mṛḷavp·Ao2s«√mṛḷ vayamr1mpd abʰip cidc vadʰanmsb«√vadʰ  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



3.  When in ignorance I violate 
    thine, O Soma, observances
    then as father [would] a son ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    spare us even from a deadly weapon,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



sámu prá yanti dʰītáyaḥ sárgāso'vatā́m̐ iva |
krátuṃ naḥ soma jīváse ví vo máde dʰāráyā camasā́m̐ iva vívakṣase || 4||



4.  samp uc prap yantivp·A·3p«√i dʰītinfpn«√dʰī  
    sarganmpn«√sṛj avatanmpa ivac |
    kratunmsa«√kṛ vayamr1mpg somaNmsv«√su jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    dʰārayavp·Ao2s«√dʰṛ camasanmpa«√cam ivac  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



4.  Visions come forth together 
    like streams [that comes together] to hollows [in the ground].
    Do maintain, O Soma, our resourcefulness to live ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    as [we maintain] cups [with Soma full]
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



táva tyé soma śáktibʰirníkāmāso vyṛ̀ṇvire |
gṛ́tsasya dʰī́rāstaváso ví vo máde vrajáṃ gómantamaśvínaṃ vívakṣase || 5||



5.  tvamr2msg syar3mpn somaNmsv«√su śaktinfpi«√śak  
    nikāmajfpn«ni~√kam vip ṛṇvireva·A·3p«√ṛ |
    gṛtsajmsg«√gṛdʰ dʰīrajfpn«√dʰī tavasjmsg«√tu  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    vrajanmsa«√vṛj gomatjmsa aśvinjmsa«√aś  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



5.  They², dispassionate 
    through thine, O Soma, powers,
    facilitating contemplations of judicious, energetic [worshiper] ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    reveal the enclosure [of the Heaven]³ rich in cows, possessed of horses,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



paśúṃ naḥ soma rakṣasi purutrā́ víṣṭʰitaṃ jágat |
samā́kṛṇoṣi jīváse ví vo máde víśvā sampáśyanbʰúvanā vívakṣase || 6||



6.  paśunmsa«√paś2 vayamr1mpg somaNmsv«√su rakṣasivp·A·2s«√rakṣ  
    purutrāa«√pṝ viṣṭʰitajnsa«vi~√stʰā jagatjnsa«√gam |
    samākṛṇoṣivp·A·2s«sam-ā~√kṛ jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    viśvajnpa«√viś sampaśyanttp·Amsn«sam~√paś bʰuvanannpa«√bʰū  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vac 



6.  Thou guard our kine;
    in many ways thou bring together for the sake of life
    the stationary and the moving.
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [thou are] surveying all places of existence,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



tváṃ naḥ soma viśváto gopā́ ádābʰyo bʰava |
sédʰa rājannápa srídʰo ví vo máde mā́ no duḥśáṃsa īśatā vívakṣase || 7||



7.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd somaNmsv«√su viśvatasa«√viś  
    (gonfs-pājms«√pā2)nmsn adābʰyajmsn«a~√dabʰ bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū |
    sedʰavp·Ao2s«√sidʰ rājannmsv«√rāj apap sridʰnfpa«√sridʰ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√madc vayamr1mpa duḥśaṃsajmsn«dus~√śaṃs īśatavp·AE3s«√īś  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



7.  O Soma, everywhere do become for us
    a cowherd worthy of trust!
    Remove failings, O king!
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    may not he⁴, malevolent, reign over us,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



tváṃ naḥ soma sukráturvayodʰéyāya jāgṛhi |
kṣetravíttaro mánuṣo ví vo máde druhó naḥ pāhyáṃhaso vívakṣase || 8||



8.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd somaNmsv«√su sukratujmsn«su~√kṛ  
    (vayasnns«√vī-dʰeyajms«√dʰā)jmsd jāgṛhivp·Ao2s«√jāgṛ |
    (kṣetranns«√kṣi2-vittarajms«√vid)jmsn manuṣanmsn«√man  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    druhnmsb«√druh vayamr1mpa pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā2 aṃhasnnsb«√aṃh  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



8.  For our sake, thou, O Soma, skillful
    familiar with localities⁵, favourable to men, do be awake ---
    for the sake of to-be-maintained mental and bodily vigour!
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    do protect us from spite [and] anxiety,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



tváṃ no vṛtrahantaméndrasyendo śiváḥ sákʰā |
yátsīṃ hávante samitʰé ví vo máde yúdʰyamānāstokásātau vívakṣase || 9||



9.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd (vṛtranns«√vṛ-hantamajms«√han)jmsv  
    indraNmsg«√ind indunmsv«√ind śivajmsn«√śī sakʰinmsn«√sac |
    yadc sīma havanteva·A·3p«√hū samitʰanmsl«sam~√i  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    yudʰyamānata·Ampn«√yudʰ (tokanns«√tuc-sātinfs«√san)nfsl  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



9.  Thou, O best slayer of Vṛtra-s for us,
    [are], O Indu, the benevolent friend of Indra
    when they call upon him in a hostile encounter ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [when] those fighting during acquisition of offsprings [call upon Indra] ---
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



ayáṃ gʰa sá turó máda índrasya vardʰata priyáḥ |
ayáṃ kakṣī́vato mahó ví vo máde matíṃ víprasya vardʰayadvívakṣase || 10||



10. ayamr3msn gʰaa sasr3msn turajmsn«√tur madanmsn«√mad  
     indraNmsg«√ind vardʰatava·AE3s«√vṛdʰ priyajmsn«√prī |
     ayamr3msn kakṣīvatNmsg mahjmsg«√mah  
     vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
     matinfsa«√man viprajmsg«√vip vardʰayatvp·AE3s«√vṛdʰ  
     vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



10. This one⁶ indeed --- he is an overpowering intoxication,
    the favorite of Indra, he shall augment [himself].
    This one⁷ of great Kakṣīvat ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    shall make a mental gesture of the inspired [worshiper] robust,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



ayáṃ víprāya dāśúṣe vā́jām̐ iyarti gómataḥ |
ayáṃ saptábʰya ā́ váraṃ ví vo máde prā́ndʰáṃ śroṇáṃ ca tāriṣadvívakṣase || 11||



11. ayamr3msn viprajmsd«√vip dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś  
     vājanmpa«√vāj iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ gomatjmpa |
     ayamr3msn saptanu āp varanmsa«√vṛ2  
     vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
     prap andʰajmsa«√andʰ śroṇajmsa cac tāriṣatvp·UE3s«√tṝ  
     vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



11. This one⁸ for the inspired worshiper
    gives rise to possessing of cows rushes of vigour,
    this one is better than seven.
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    he should have carried the blind and lame over [the barriers causing blindness and lameness]
    so that [in your Vimada] thou⁹ would intensify.


1 worshipers
2 dʰītayas --- the visions
3 on the basis of 9.102.8b
4 Vṛtra --- on the basis of 1.23.9
5 of our beings
6 extract of Soma plant
7 extract of Soma plant
8 extract of Soma plant
9 the inner Soma


Sūkta 10.26 

prá hyácʰā manīṣā́ spārhā́ yánti niyútaḥ |
prá dasrā́ niyúdratʰaḥ pūṣā́ aviṣṭu mā́hinaḥ || 1||











yásya tyánmahitváṃ vātā́pyamayáṃ jánaḥ |
vípra ā́ vaṃsaddʰītíbʰiścíketa suṣṭutīnā́m || 2||











sá veda suṣṭutīnā́míndurná pūṣā́ vṛ́ṣā |
abʰí psúraḥ pruṣāyati vrajáṃ na ā́ pruṣāyati || 3||











maṃsīmáhi tvā vayámasmā́kaṃ deva pūṣan |
matīnā́ṃ ca sā́dʰanaṃ víprāṇāṃ cādʰavám || 4||











prátyardʰiryajñā́nāmaśvahayó rátʰānām |
ṛ́ṣiḥ sá yó mánurhito víprasya yāvayatsakʰáḥ || 5||











ādʰī́ṣamāṇāyāḥ pátiḥ śucā́yāśca śucásya ca |
vāsovāyó'vīnāmā́ vā́sāṃsi mármṛjat || 6||











inó vā́jānāṃ pátirináḥ puṣṭīnā́ṃ sákʰā |
prá śmáśru haryató dūdʰodví vṛ́tʰā yó ádābʰyaḥ || 7||











ā́ te rátʰasya pūṣannajā́ dʰúraṃ vavṛtyuḥ |
víśvasyārtʰínaḥ sákʰā sanojā́ ánapacyutaḥ || 8||











asmā́kamūrjā́ rátʰaṃ pūṣā́ aviṣṭu mā́hinaḥ |
bʰúvadvā́jānāṃ vṛdʰá imáṃ naḥ śṛṇavaddʰávam || 9||












Sūkta 10.27 

ásatsú me jaritaḥ sā́bʰivegó yátsunvaté yájamānāya śíkṣam |
ánāśīrdāmahámasmi prahantā́ satyadʰvṛ́taṃ vṛjināyántamābʰúm || 1||



1.  asatvp·AE3s«√as sua ahamr1msd jaritṛnmsv sasr3msn abʰiveganmsn  
    yadc sunvanttp·Amsd«√su yajamānatp·Amsd«√yaj śikṣamvpDA·1s«√śak |
    (āśirnfs-dājms)jmsa ahamr1msn asmivp·A·1s«√as prahantṛnmsn  
    (satyanns-dʰvṛtjms)jmsa vṛjinayanttp·Amsa«√vṛjinay ābʰujmsa 



1.  Such violent burst shall be easy for me, O invoker,
    when I wish to help pressing[-Soma] sacrificer.
    I am a destroyer of not-giving-the-mixture¹ one,
    of bending-the-truth, of assisting to employing-deceit one.
    [Invoker:]



yádī́daháṃ yudʰáye saṃnáyānyádevayūntanvā̀ śū́śujānān |
amā́ te túmraṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ pacāni tīvráṃ sutáṃ pañcadaśáṃ ní ṣiñcam || 2||



2.  yadic idc ahamr1msn yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ samnayānivp·Ae1s«sam~√nī  
    (adevajms-yujms)jmpa tanūnfsi śūśujānata·Impa«√śuj |
    amāa tvamr2msd tumrajmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa pacānivp·Ae1s«√pac  
    tīvrajmsa sutajmsa pañcadaśajmsa nip siñcamvp·AE1s«√sic 



2.  If only I, in order to wage war, would bring together
    non-seeking-deva, [but] recklessly bold by themselves ones,
    for thee I will cook at home concentrated² resembling-a-bull one³,
    I shall pour into [thee] pungent extracted [consisting of] fifteen [portions] [drink].
    [Indra:]



nā́háṃ táṃ veda yá íti brávītyádevayūnsamáraṇe jagʰanvā́n |
yadā́vā́kʰyatsamáraṇamṛ́gʰāvadā́díddʰa me vṛṣabʰā́ prá bruvanti || 3||



3.  nac ahamr1msn tasr3msa vedavp·I·1s«√vid yasr3msn itia bravītivp·A·3s«√brū  
    (adevajms-yujms)jmpa samaraṇannsl jagʰanvaṅstp·Imsn«√han |
    yadāc avākʰyatvp·Aa3s«ava~√kʰya samaraṇannsa ṛgʰāvatjnsa  
    ātc idc hac ahamr1msd (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmpa prap bruvantivp·A·3p«√brū 



3.  I do not know him, who,
    having slain non-seeking-deva ones in a combat,
    when he related [account of] the violent combat, [would] say thus,
    ``Surely, afterwards they [will] proclaim for me two resembling-a-bull ones⁴''



yádájñāteṣu vṛjáneṣvā́saṃ víśve sató magʰávāno ma āsan |
jinā́mi vétkṣéma ā́ sántamābʰúṃ prá táṃ kṣiṇāṃ párvate pādagṛ́hya || 4||



4.  yadc ajñātajnpl vṛjanannpl āsamvp·Aa1s«√as  
    viśvajmpn satasa magʰavanjmpn ahamr1msd āsanvp·Aa3p«√as |
    jināmivp·A·1s«√jic idc kṣemanmsl āp santtp·Amsa«√as ābʰujmsa  
    prap tasr3msa kṣiṇāmvp·AE1s«√kṣi parvatanmsl (pādanms-gṛhyaa)a 



4.  When I was in non-experienced-[me] enclosures,
    all were equally ``generous'' to me.
    Either I win over assisting [me man] when [he is] dwelling in peace,
    or I shall wear [him] out him on a mountain by seizing [him] by the foot⁵.



ná vā́ u mā́ṃ vṛjáne vārayante ná párvatāso yádaháṃ manasyé |
máma svanā́tkṛdʰukárṇo bʰayāta evédánu dyū́nkiráṇaḥ sámejāt || 5||



5.  nac vaic uc ahamr1msa vṛjanannsl vārayantevaCA·3p«√vṛ  
    nac parvatanmpn yadc ahamr1msn manasyeva·A·1s«√manasy |
    ahamr1msg svananmsb kṛdʰukarṇajmsn bʰayāteva·Ae3s«√bʰī  
    evac idc anup dyunmpa kiraṇanmsn samp ejātvp·Ae3s«√ej 



5.  They certainly do not restrain me in a sacrificial enclosure,
    neither [do mountains restrain me]. If I intend [so],
    deficient-in-ear one would be afraid of my roar,
    just so that the dust⁶ shall be raised throughout the days.



dárśannvátra śṛtapā́m̐ anindrā́nbāhukṣádaḥ śárave pátyamānān |
gʰṛ́ṣuṃ vā yé ninidúḥ sákʰāyamádʰyū nvèṣu paváyo vavṛtyuḥ || 6||



6.  darśanvp·UE3p«√dṛś nuc atrac (śṛtanns-pājms)jmpa anindrajmpa  
    (bāhunms-kṣadjms)jmpa śarunfsd patyamānata·Ampa«√pat |
    gʰṛṣujmsac yasr3mpn ninidurvp·I·3p«√nid sakʰinmsa  
    adʰip uc nuc ayamr3mpl pavinfpn vavṛtyurvp·Ai3p«√vṛt 



6.  Here at this time, they shall see at once [those] lacking Indra, drinking boiled milk
    as becoming fit for an arrow, offering [their] arm.
    Metal points [of spears] might as well turn at those
    who ridiculed [my] spirited companion.



ábʰūrvaúkṣīrvyù ā́yurānaḍdárṣannú pū́rvo áparo nú darṣat |
dvé paváste pári táṃ ná bʰūto yó asyá pāré rájaso vivéṣa || 7||



7.  abʰūsvp·U·2s«√bʰū uc aukṣījfpa vip uc āyusnnsn ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś  
    darṣatvp·Ue3s«√dṝ nuc pūrvajmsn aparajmsn nuc darṣatvp·Ue3s«√dṝ |
    dvau pavastanndn parip tasr3msa nac bʰūtasvp·AE3d«√bʰū  
    yasr3msn ayamr3msg pārannsl rajasnnsb viveṣavp·I·3s«√viṣ 



7.  Thou have pervaded coming from the bull⁷ [waters], the life-force has met with [thee].
    At once a former one⁸ shall burst, at once a latter one⁹ shall burst!
    Two covers¹⁰ shall not contain him who has done the work
    on the opposite side of the region [of impartiality].
    [Indra:]



gā́vo yávaṃ práyutā aryó akṣantā́ apaśyaṃ sahágopāścárantīḥ |
hávā ídaryó abʰítaḥ sámāyankíyadāsu svápatiścʰandayāte || 8||



8.  gonfpn yavanmsa prayutajfpn arijmsg akṣanvp·U·3p«√gʰasr3fpa apaśyamvp·Aa1s«√paś (sahajms-gopānms)jfpa carantījfpa |
    havanmpn idc arijmsg abʰitasa samp āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
    kiyata ayamr3fpl svapatijmsn cʰandayāteva·Ae3s«√cʰand 



8.  Confused cows¹¹ consume barley of the rising upwards one¹² ---
    I saw them roaming with the cowherd¹³.
    Invocations came together in the presence of the rising upwards one.
    How much he¹⁴, who is his own master, would impress himself upon them?



sáṃ yádváyaṃ yavasā́do jánānāmaháṃ yavā́da urvájre antáḥ |
átrā yuktò'vasātā́ramicʰādátʰo áyuktaṃ yunajadvavanvā́n || 9||



9.  samp yadc vayamvp·AE1s«√ve (yavasanms-adjms)jmpn jananmpg  
    ahamr1msn (yavanms-adjms)jmpa (urujms-ajranms)nmsl antara |
    atrac yuktajmsn avasātṛnmsa icʰātvp·Ae3s«√iṣ  
    atʰāc ayuktajmsa yunajatvp·AE3s«√yuj vavanvaṅstp·Imsn«√van 



9.  If I would intermix¹⁵ fodder-eating ones¹⁶ of the folks,
    [and] barley-eating¹⁷ in the middle of wide field,
    then in this case a harnessed one¹⁸ would seek the liberator¹⁹.
    Then he, who has placed [me, Indra,] within [his] reach, shall yoke non-harnessed one.



átrédu me maṃsase satyámuktáṃ dvipā́cca yáccátuṣpātsaṃsṛjā́ni |
strībʰíryó átra vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ pṛtanyā́dáyuddʰo asya ví bʰajāni védaḥ || 10||



10. atrac uc ahamr1msg maṃsaseva·U·2s«√man uktajnsa satyajnsa  
     dvipādnnsa cac yadc catuṣpādnnsa saṃsṛjānivp·Ae1s«sam~√sṛj |
     strīnfpi yasr3msn atrac vṛṣannmsa pṛtanyātvp·Ae3s«√pṛtany  
     ayuddʰajmsn ayamr3msg vip bʰajānivp·Ae1s«√bʰaj vedasnnsa 



10. In this matter thou regard what is said by me as true,
    ``When I would cast together a two-footed one [creature] [and] a four-footed one,
    [if I am] not being fought²⁰ [by the bull], I would distribute the property of him,
    who in this case would fight against the bull [just] by means of females²¹.''



yásyānakṣā́ duhitā́ jā́tvā́sa kástā́ṃ vidvā́m̐ abʰí manyāte andʰā́m |
kataró meníṃ práti táṃ mucāte yá īṃ váhāte yá īṃ vā vareyā́t || 11||



11. yasr3msg anakṣājfsn duhitṛnfsn jātua āsavp·I·?s«√as  
     kasr3msnr3fsa vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid abʰip manyāteva·Ae3s«√man andʰājfsa |
     katarar3msn meninfsa pratip tasr3msa mucātevp·Ae3s«√muc  
     yasr3msn īmr3fsa vahāteva·Ae3s«√vah yasr3msn īmr3fsac vareyātvp·Ae3s«√varey 



11. [Imagine a man,] whose daughter has been without eyes from birth.
    Who, knowing her [as] blind, would have designs on [her]?
    Which of two would release at that [man] denigrating [speech],
    he who would convey her [home as a wife] or he who would ask her in marriage [for him]?



kíyatī yóṣā maryató vadʰūyóḥ páriprītā pányasā vā́ryeṇa |
bʰadrā́ vadʰū́rbʰavati yátsupéśāḥ svayáṃ sā́ mitráṃ vanute jáne cit || 12||



12. kiyatīc yoṣānfsn maryatasa (vadʰūnfs-yujms)jmsg  
     pariprītājfsn panyaṃsjnsi vāryannsi |
     bʰadrājfsn vadʰūnfsn bʰavativp·A·3s«√bʰū yadc supeśāsjfsn  
     svayamar3fsn mitranmsa vanuteva·A·3s«√van jananmsl cidc 



12. What kind of a girl, on account of [being pursued by] young men,
    [is] gratified by a more admirable wealth of [one] seeking-a-bride [man] [as compared to wealth of other suitors]?
    A bride becomes blessed, when, handsome by herself,
    she also places within her reach a benefactor in a person.



pattó jagāra pratyáñcamatti śīrṣṇā́ śíraḥ práti dadʰau várūtʰam |
ā́sīna ūrdʰvā́mupási kṣiṇāti nyàṅṅuttānā́mánveti bʰū́mim || 13||



13. pattasa jagāravp·I·3s«√jāgṛ pratyañcjmsa attivp·A·3s«√ad  
     śīrṣannnsi śirasnnsa pratip dadʰauvp·I·3s«√dʰā varūtʰannsa |
     āsīnajmsn ūrdʰvājfsa upasnnsl kṣiṇātivp·A·3s«√kṣi  
     nyañcjmsn uttānājfsa anup etivp·A·3s«√i bʰūminfsa 



13. He²² has become awake at the feet, he consumes what turns against [him],
    using head²³ he has put an armor upon the head²⁴.
    Residing [there], he weakens [the influence] [of] the upper [part of body] at the pelvic region.
    Turned into [it²⁵], he goes alongside [that part of] the body [that is] stretched upwards [from the pelvic region ].



bṛhánnacʰāyó apalāśó árvā tastʰaú mātā́ víṣito atti gárbʰaḥ |
anyásyā vatsáṃ rihatī́ mimāya káyā bʰuvā́ ní dadʰe dʰenúrū́dʰaḥ || 14||



14. bṛhatjmsn acʰāyajmsn apalāśajmsn arvannmsn  
     tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā mātṛnfsn viṣitajmsn attivp·A·3s«√ad garbʰanmsn |
     anyājfsg vatsanmsa rihatītp·Afsn«√rih mimāyavp·I·3s«√mir3fsi bʰūnfsi nip dadʰeva·I·3s«√dʰā dʰenunfsn ūdʰarnnsa 



14. The courser²⁶ that is without shadow or leafs [is] abundant.
    The mother²⁷ have taken up a position. Let loose, the embryo²⁸ consumes [being-absorbed-into-the-body Soma].
    Licking the calf of another²⁹, she³⁰ has meted [him] out.
    Through arising of what the milch-cow³¹ has put in the udder [for him]?



saptá vīrā́so adʰarā́dúdāyannaṣṭóttarā́ttātsámajagmiranté |
náva paścā́tātstʰivimánta āyandáśa prā́ksā́nu ví tirantyáśnaḥ || 15||



15. saptau vīranmpn adʰarāta udp āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     aṣṭau uttarāttāta samp ajagmiranvp·Aa3p«√gam tasr3mpn |
     navau paścātāta stʰivimantjmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     daśau prāñca sānunnsa vip tirantivp·A·3p«√tṝ aśannmsg 



15. Seven heroes came up from the south,
    those eight have came together from the north,
    nine having sacs came from the west,
    ten in the east traverse surface of the rock.



daśānā́mékaṃ kapiláṃ samānáṃ táṃ hinvanti krátave pā́ryāya |
gárbʰaṃ mātā́ súdʰitaṃ vakṣáṇāsvávenantaṃ tuṣáyantī bibʰarti || 16||



16. daśau ekajmsa kapilajmsa samānajmsa  
     tasr3msa hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi kratunmsd pāryajmsd |
     garbʰanmsa mātṛnfsn sudʰitajmsa vakṣaṇājfpl  
     avenantjmsa tuṣayantītp·Afsn«√tuṣ bibʰartivp·A·3s«√bʰṛ 



16. To [get] an effective³² plan, they urge the red-haired one
    of the ten [who is] holding the middle between two extremes.
    The mother, being satisfied, carries well-contrived
    lacking-yearnings embryo³³ into nourishing [waters].



pī́vānaṃ meṣámapacanta vīrā́ nyuptā akṣā́ ánu dīvá āsan |
dvā́ dʰánuṃ bṛhatī́mapsvàntáḥ pavítravantā carataḥ punántā || 17||



17. pīvanjmsa meṣanmsa apacantavp·Aa3p«√pac vīranmpn  
     nyuptajmpn akṣanmpn anup dīvnfsd āsanvp·Aa3p«√as |
     dvau dʰanunfsa bṛhatījfsa apnfpl antara  
     pavitravantjmdn caratasvp·U·3d«√car punanttp·Amdn«√pū 



17. Heroes cooked fat ram,
    afterwards dice were thrown to gamble.
    The two, having means to purify, purifying,
    roam vast drysand bank midst waters.



ví krośanā́so víṣvañca āyanpácāti némo nahí pákṣadardʰáḥ |
ayáṃ me deváḥ savitā́ tádāha drvànna ídvanavatsarpírannaḥ || 18||



18. vip krośanajmpn (viṣua-añcjms)jmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     pacātivp·Ae3s«√pac nemajmsn nahic pakṣatvp·AE3s«√pakṣ ardʰajmsn |
     ayamr3msn ahamr1msd devanmsn savitṛNmsn tadr3nsa āhavp·I·3s«√ah (drunms-annanns)jmsn idc vanavatvp·Ae3s«√van (sarpisnns-annanns)jmsn 



18. Yelling, turned-in-all-directions, they go apart 
    so that several would develop [a plan] --- since no party would side [with the other].
    This deva --- Savitṛ --- told me this,
    ``Just he³⁴ whose food is wood, [and] ghee would place [a plan] within [one's] reach.''
    ``Just he³⁵ whose food is wood, [and] ghee would conquer.''



ápaśyaṃ grā́maṃ váhamānamārā́dacakráyā svadʰáyā vártamānam |
síṣaktyaryáḥ prá yugā́ jánānāṃ sadyáḥ śiśnā́ praminānó návīyān || 19||



19. apaśyamvp·Aa1s«√paś grāmanmsa vahamānatp·Amsa«√vah ārāta  
     acakrājfsi svadʰānfsi vartamānajmsa |
     siṣaktivp·A·3s«√sac arijmsb prap yugannpa jananmpg  
     sadyasa śiśnannpa praminānata·Amsn«pra~√mī navīyaṃsjmsn 



19. I observed a troop [of Marut-s³⁶] transporting themselves from a distant place
    by [their] [requiring]-no-wheel inherent power, revolving.
    It³⁷ accompanies teams of men --- from tending upwards one³⁸ forth ---
    at once, being newer, diminishing tails³⁹ [of previous intentions].



etaú me gā́vau pramarásya yuktaú mó ṣú prá sedʰīrmúhurínmamandʰi |
ā́paścidasya ví naśantyártʰaṃ sū́raśca marká úparo babʰūvā́n || 20||



20. etasr3mdn ahamr1msd gonmdn pramaranmsg yuktajmdnc uc sua prap sedʰīsvp·UE2s«√sidʰ muhura idc mamandʰivp·Ao2s«√mand |
     apnfpn cidc ayamr3msg vip naśantivp·A·3p«√naś artʰanmsa  
     sūranmsn cac markanmsn uparajmsn babʰūvaṅstp·Imsn«√bʰū 



20. These two oxen of death are yoked for me.
    Do not thou drive fast! Tarry just for a moment!
    Even its⁴⁰ waters permeate [one's] purpose!
    Situated-below vital breath, which pervades the body, has become an inciter.



ayáṃ yó vájraḥ purudʰā́ vívṛtto'váḥ sū́ryasya bṛhatáḥ púrīṣāt |
śráva ídenā́ paró anyádasti tádavyatʰī́ jarimā́ṇastaranti || 21||



21. ayamr3msn yasr3msn vajranmsn (purua-dʰājms)a vivṛttajmsn  
     avasa sūryanmsg bṛhatjmsb purīṣanmsb |
     śravasnnsn idc enāc parasa anyatjnsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
     tadc avyatʰinjnpa jarimannmpn tarantivp·A·3p«√tṝ 



21. This [is] the thunderbolt that [was] frequently flying in different directions
    down from the vast loose soil⁴¹ of the sun⁴².
    Beyond this, just the fame is different.
    Now effects of old age cross over [what was thought as] unfailing [defenses].



vṛkṣévṛkṣe níyatā mīmayadgaústáto váyaḥ prá patānpūruṣā́daḥ |
átʰedáṃ víśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ bʰayāta índrāya sunvádṛ́ṣaye ca śíkṣat || 22||



22. (vṛkṣanmsl-vṛkṣanmsl)a niyatānmsn mīmayatvp·AE3s«√mā gonfsn  
     tatasc vinmpn prap patānvp·Ae3p«√pat pūruṣadjmpn |
     atʰāc ayamr3nsn viśvajnsn bʰuvanannsn bʰayāteva·Ae3s«√bʰī  
     indraNmsd sunvatjnsa ṛṣinmsd cac śikṣattp·Ansa«√śikṣ 



22. [If] the evocative expression⁴³ would sound [being] tied to a-tree-after-tree⁴⁴,
    then man-eating birds would [just] fly by⁴⁵.
    Therefore, this entire place of existence would be afraid
    of [that place of existence that is] pressing [Soma] for Indra and desiring to empower for seer's sake.



devā́nāṃ mā́ne pratʰamā́ atiṣṭʰankṛntátrādeṣāmúparā údāyan |
tráyastapanti pṛtʰivī́manūpā́ dvā́ bṛ́būkaṃ vahataḥ púrīṣam || 23||



23. devanmpg mānanmsl pratʰamajmpn atiṣṭʰanvp·Aa3p«√stʰā  
     kṛntatrannsb ayamr3mpg uparajmpn udc āyanvp·Aa3p«√i |
     trijmpn tapantivp·A·3p«√tap pṛtʰivīnfsa anūpānmpn  
     dvau bṛbūkajmsa vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah purīṣanmsa 



23. Foremost ones adhered to the conception of deva-s,
    from separation of these [from the pursuit of their goal] lower ones did rise.
    Three basins⁴⁶ heat the Earth⁴⁷,
    two⁴⁸ [streams⁴⁹] convey thick soil.



sā́ te jīvā́turutá tásya viddʰi mā́ smaitādṛ́gápa gūhaḥ samaryé |
āvíḥ svaḥ kṛṇuté gū́hate busáṃ sá pādúrasya nirṇíjo ná mucyate || 24||



24. sār3fsn tvamr2msd jīvātunfsn utac tasr3msg viddʰivp·Ao2s«√vidc smac etādṛśnnsa apap gūhasvp·AE2s«√guh samaryannsl |
     āvisa svarnnsn kṛṇuteva·A·3s«√kṛ gūhatevp·A·3s«√guh busannsa  
     sasr3msn pādunmsn ayamr3msg nirṇijnfsb nac mucyatevp·A·3s«√muc 



24. And that [is] a life-giving drug for thee. Become acquainted with this.
    Do not ever hide something like this at a contest!
    sva`r effects itself manifestly, it hides [mental] fog.
    That foot of his is as if released from a garment.


1 mixture of milk, Soma juice, and honey
2 lit. ``strong''
3 Soma
4 prob. two steeds
5 prob. ``giving cramps in the left foot and calf muscles''
6 ``to raise the dust'' prob. means ``to challenge to a fight''
7 Soma
8 lacking Indra, drinking boiled milk one
9 one who ridiculed
10 prob. ``The Heaven and the Earth''
11 here ``inner waters''
12 inner Soma
13 either Soma on the basis of 10.25.7b or Tvaṣṭṛ per 9.5.9a
14 an adept Indra
15 lit. ``interweave''
16 those of low social status
17 those of high social status
18 subservient to others' will
19 Indra
20 that is, if it is not Indra in the guise of yoked-as-a-chariot man who is being fought by the bull but just a man
21 inner waters
22 Bṛhaspati
23 mental presence/manifestations
24 = mental faculties
25 the part of the body that is above the pelvic region
26 extract of Soma
27 prob. the Earth
28 of Indra
29 that is, of Pṛśni
30 prob. the Earth
31 prob. Pṛśni
32 helping-through
33 Indra
34 sacrificial fire
35 sacrificial fire
36 aspirations, yearnings, daydreams, charged with desires/emotions ideas, captivating plans, fancy, life-changing intentions that make one go on a quest
37 the troop of Marut-s
38 inner Soma
39 residual memories
40 death's
41 soft tissues of the body
42 maṇipūra cakra
43 lit. ``cow''
44 that is, to sacrifice-after-sacrifice
45 lit. ``forth''
46 may be, the heart, the belly, and the head
47 = the body
48 prob. streams of blood and lymph
49 sargau
50 prob. a body liquid that can coagulate
51 prob. Viṣṇu
52 that is, it is ready to make a wide step


Sūkta 10.28 

víśvo hyànyó arírājagā́ma mámédáha śváśuro nā́ jagāma |
jakṣīyā́ddʰānā́ utá sómaṃ papīyātsvā̀śitaḥ púnarástaṃ jagāyāt || 1||



1.  viśvajmsn hic anyajmsn arinmsn ājagāmavp·I·3s«ā~√gam  
    ahamr1msg idc ahac śvaśuranmsn nac āp jagāmavp·I·3s«√gam |
    jakṣīyātvp·Ii3s«√gʰas dʰānānfpa utac somanmsa papīyātvp·Ii3s«√pā  
    svāśitajmsn punara astannsa jagāyātvp·Ii3s«√gā 



1.  Surely the other all-pervading rising upwards one has come,
    and just my father-in-law has not come here.
    He might have consumed grains and drank Soma.
    He might have went back home well-fed.
    [Indra:]



sá róruvadvṛṣabʰástigmáśṛṅgo várṣmantastʰau várimannā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
víśveṣvenaṃ vṛjáneṣu pāmi yó me kukṣī́ sutásomaḥ pṛṇā́ti || 2||



2.  sasr3msn roruvattpIAmsn«√ru (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn (tigmajms-śṛṅganns)jmsn  
    varṣmannnsl tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā varimannnsl āp pṛtʰivīnfsg |
    viśvajnpl enar3msa vṛjanannpl pāmivp·A·1s«√pā  
    yasr3msn ahamr1msg kukṣinmda (sutajms-somanms)jmsn pṛṇātivp·A·3s«√pṝ 



2.  He¹, bellowing, resembling a sharp-horned bull,
    stationed himself at the height and the expanse of the Earth.
    In all enclosures I protect that one,
    who, having Soma pressed, sates my two cavities.
    [Invoker:]



ádriṇā te mandína indra tū́yānsunvánti sómānpíbasi tvámeṣām |
pácanti te vṛṣabʰā́m̐ átsi téṣāṃ pṛkṣéṇa yánmagʰavanhūyámānaḥ || 3||



3.  adrinmsi tvamr2msd mandinjmpa indraNmsv tūyajmpa  
    sunvantivp·A·3p«√su somanmpa pibasivp·A·2s«√pā tvamr2msn ayamr3mpg |
    pacantivp·A·3p«√pac tvamr2msd (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmpa atsivp·A·2s«√ad tasr3mpg  
    pṛkṣanmsi yadc magʰavanjmsv hūyamānatp·Amsn«√hve 



3.  With the stone they press for thee possessing-of-delight
    strong drops of Soma, thou drink those.
    They cook for thee resembling-a-bull ones²; thou eat those,
    when, O generous one, summoned by [such] feast.
    [Indra:]



idáṃ sú me jaritarā́ cikiddʰi pratīpáṃ śā́paṃ nadyò vahanti |
lopāśáḥ siṃháṃ pratyáñcamatsāḥ kroṣṭā́ varāháṃ níratakta kákṣāt || 4||



4.  ayamr3nsa sua ahamr1msg jaritṛnmsv āp cikiddʰivp·Io2s«√cit  
    pratīpajmsa śāpanmsa nadīnfpn vahantivp·A·3p«√vah |
    lopāśanmsn siṃhanmsa pratyañcjmsa atsārvp·U·3s«√tsar  
    kroṣṭṛnmsn varāhanmsa nisp ataktava·Aa3s«√tak kakṣanmsb 



4.  Thou should have really understood this my [story], O invoker!
    ``Streams carry obstructing [them afterwards] flotsam³=flotsam is following p.1419 J&B2014,
    fox sneaked upon facing [him] lion,
    jackal rushes out at a boar from a hiding place.''
    [Invoker:]



katʰā́ ta etádahámā́ ciketaṃ gṛ́tsasya pā́kastaváso manīṣā́m |
tváṃ no vidvā́m̐ ṛtutʰā́ ví voco yámárdʰaṃ te magʰavankṣemyā́ dʰū́ḥ || 5||



5.  katʰāc tvamr2msg etadr3nsa ahamr1msn āp ciketamvp·Ie1s«√cit  
    gṛtsajmsg pākajmsn tavasjmsg manīṣānfsa |
    tvamr2msn vayamr1mpg vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid ṛtutʰāa vip vocasvp·AE2s«√vac  
    yasr3msa ardʰanmsa tvamr2msg magʰavanjmsv kṣemyājfsn dʰūrnfsn 



5.  How I, of immature [mind]⁴, would have understood this thy [story] ---
    a conception of a clever and a strong one?
    Thou, having become properly acquainted with us,
    shall explain --- which region thy, O generous one, giving peace and tranquility pole [shall yoke].
    [Indra:]



evā́ hí mā́ṃ tavásaṃ vardʰáyanti diváścinme bṛhatá úttarā dʰū́ḥ |
purū́ sahásrā ní śiśāmi sākámaśatrúṃ hí mā jánitā jajā́na || 6||



6.  evac hic ahamr1msa tavasjmsa vardʰayantivpCA·3p«√vṛdʰ  
    dyunmsb cidc ahamr1msg bṛhatjmsb uttarājfsn dʰūrnfsn |
    purua sahasrau nip śiśāmivp·A·1s«√śo sākama  
    aśatrujmsa hic ahamr1msa janitṛnmsn jajānavp·I·3s«√jan 



6.  Since they really make me to grow strong,
    the pole [is] superior to even my lofty Heaven,
    I ``grind down'' many thousands at the same time,
    since the progenitor has created me without a rival.



evā́ hí mā́ṃ tavásaṃ jajñúrugráṃ kármankarmanvṛ́ṣaṇamindra devā́ḥ |
vádʰīṃ vṛtráṃ vájreṇa mandasānó'pa vrajáṃ mahinā́ dāśúṣe vam || 7||



7.  evac hic ahamr1msa tavasjmsa jajñurvp·I·3p«√jñā  
    ugrajmsa (karmannnsl-karmannnsl)a vṛṣannmsa indraNmsv devanmpn |
    vadʰīmvp·U·1s«√vadʰ vṛtraNnsa vajranmsi mandasānajmsn  
    apap vrajanmsa mahimannmsi dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś vamvp·UE1s«√vṛ 



7.  Since deva-s have really experienced me in every action
    as strong [and] ferocious bull, [admiring me,] ``O Indra!'',
    [and,] becoming exhilarated, I have destroyed Vṛtra with a thunderbolt,
    with the power to increase in size I shall uncover for a worshiper the enclosure [of cows]⁵.
    [Invoker:]



devā́sa āyanparaśū́m̐rabibʰranvánā vṛścánto abʰí viḍbʰírāyan |
ní sudrvàṃ dadʰato vakṣáṇāsu yátrā kṛ́pīṭamánu táddahanti || 8||



8.  devanmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i (parajms-śujms)nmpa abibʰranvp·Aa3p«√bʰṛ  
    vanannpa vṛścanttp·Ampn«√vṛśc abʰip viśnfpi āyanvp·Aa3p«√i |
    nip sudrunmsa dadʰattp·Ampn«√dʰā vakṣaṇānfpl  
    yatrac kṛpīṭannsa anup tadr3nsa dahantivp·A·3p«√dah 



8.  Deva-s came; they brought axes.
    Felling desires⁶, they approached with [celestial]⁷ tribes.
    Depositing good fuel into udders wherein steering-to-grief one⁸ [is],
    they afterwards burn that [too].
    [Indra:]



śaśáḥ kṣuráṃ pratyáñcaṃ jagārā́driṃ logéna vyàbʰedamārā́t |
bṛhántaṃ cidṛhaté randʰayāni váyadvatsó vṛṣabʰáṃ śū́śuvānaḥ || 9||



9.  śaśanmsn kṣuranmsa pratyañcjmsa jagāravp·I·3s«√gṝ  
    adrinmsa loganmsi vip abʰedamvp·Aa1s«√bʰid ārāta |
    bṛhatjmsa cidc ṛhanttp·Amsd«√rah randʰayānivpCAe1s«√randʰ  
    vayatvp·AE3s«√vī vatsanmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa śūśuvānata·Imsn«√śvi 



9.  A hare has eaten facing [him] thorn;
    with a lump of clay I split a rock from a distance.
    Even growing-stronger one I might make to subject to an abandoning [fighting contests] one.
    [Even] a calf, having swelled [with daring], shall set in motion resembling a bull one.



suparṇá ittʰā́ nakʰámā́ siṣāyā́varuddʰaḥ paripádaṃ ná siṃháḥ |
niruddʰáścinmahiṣástarṣyā́vāngodʰā́ tásmā ayátʰaṃ karṣadetát || 10||



10. suparṇanmsn ittʰāa nakʰannsa āp siṣāyavp·I·3s«√si  
     avaruddʰajmsn paripadjmsa nac siṃhanmsn |
     niruddʰajmsn cidc mahiṣanmsn tarṣyāvantjmsn  
     godʰānfsn tasr3msd ayatʰannsa karṣatvp·AE3s«√kṛṣ etadr3nsa 



10. Thus having-beautiful-wings [hawk] has cast like a lion [his] talon
    at moving hither and thither [snake] [while] kept at a distance [by the threat of a bite].
    Even restrained buffalo, [when] thirsty,
    [and] a strap for him [in place], shall tear this gate.
------
    [Instructor:]



tébʰyo godʰā́ ayátʰaṃ karṣadetádyé brahmáṇaḥ pratipī́yantyánnaiḥ |
simá ukṣṇò'vasṛṣṭā́m̐ adanti svayáṃ bálāni tanvàḥ śṛṇānā́ḥ || 11||



11. tasr3mpd godʰānfpn ayatʰannsa karṣatvp·AE3s«√kṛṣ etadr3nsa  
     yasr3mpn brahmannmpa pratipīyantivp·A·3p«prati~√pī annannpi |
     simajmpn ukṣannmpa avasṛṣṭajmpa adantivp·A·3p«√ad  
     svayama balannpa tanūnfsg śṛṇānata·Ampn«√śṝ 



11. One shall tear this gate, for those [are] the straps
    who revile formulators because of the food [they eat] ---
    same [folks] eat let-off oxen
    [thus] themselves breaking body powers.



eté śámībʰiḥ suśámī abʰūvanyé hinviré tanvàḥ sóma uktʰaíḥ |
nṛvádvádannúpa no māhi vā́jāndiví śrávo dadʰiṣe nā́ma vīráḥ || 12||



12. etasr3mpn śamīnfpi suśamīa abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū  
     yasr3mpn hinvireva·I·3p«√hi tanūnfpa somanmsl uktʰannpi |
     nṛvata vadanttp·Amsn«√vad upap vayamr1mpd māhivp·Ao2s«√mā vājanmpa  
     dyunmsl śravasnnsa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā nāmannmsn vīranmsn 



12. These here through [their] efforts diligently became 
    [those] who have impelled themselves with recited verses when Soma [was consumed].
    Speaking like a man, apportion to us rushes of vigour!
    In the Heaven thou have setup the name ``hero'' as an auditory impression.


1 Soma
2 prob. calves
3 śāpa
4 on the basis of 7.104.8a
5 on the basis of 1.10.7c
6 lit. ``thicket''
7 on the basis of 3.34.2cd
8 prob. Vṛtra


Sūkta 10.29 

váne ná vā yó nyadʰāyi cākáñcʰúcirvāṃ stómo bʰuraṇāvajīgaḥ |
yásyédíndraḥ purudíneṣu hótā nṛṇā́ṃ náryo nṛ́tamaḥ kṣapā́vān || 1||



1.  vanannsl nacc yasr3msn nip adʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā cākanvp·IE3s«√kan  
    śucijmsn tvamr2mdd stomanmsn bʰuraṇajmdv ajīgarvp·U·3s«√jāgṛ |
    yasr3msg idc indraNmsn purudinannpl hotṛnmsn  
    nṛnmpg naryajmsn nṛtamajmsn kṣapāvantnmsn 



1.  Whether he¹, who was established in a desire,
    should have been satisfied with [it] or not,
    an illuminating hymn of praise to you two, O two bustling ones, made [him] awake.
    Just [he,] whose invoker for many days [is] Indra,
    [is] agreeable-to-men most manly of men one, accompanied by the protector of the land.



prá te asyā́ uṣásaḥ prā́parasyā nṛtaú syāma nṛ́tamasya nṛṇā́m |
ánu triśókaḥ śatámā́vahannṝ́nkútsena rátʰo yó ásatsasavā́n || 2||



2.  prap tvamr2msg ayamr3fsg uṣasnfsg prap aparājfsg  
    nṛtinfsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as nṛtamajmsg nṛnmpg |
    anup triśokaNmsn śatau āp avahanvp·Aa3p«√vah nṛnmpa  
    kutsaNmsi ratʰanmsn yasr3msn asatvp·AE3s«√as sasavaṅstp·Imsn«√san 



2.  Before this dawn and before next one
    we could be at the grand appearance of thee --- of the most manly of men.
    After [that] --- triśoka,². They brought here a hundred men.
    The chariot with Kutsa shall be obtaining [the prize].
------



káste máda indra rántyo bʰūddúro gíro abʰyùgró ví dʰāva |
kádvā́ho arvā́gúpa mā manīṣā́ ā́ tvā śakyāmupamáṃ rā́dʰo ánnaiḥ || 3||



3.  kasr3msn tvamr2msd madanmsn indraNmsv rantyanmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    durnfpa girnfpa abʰip ugrajmsn vip dʰāvavp·Ao2s«√dʰāv |
    kadr3nsn vāhasnnsn arvāka upap ahamr1msa manīṣānfsn  
    āp tvamr2msa śakyāmvp·Ai1s«√śak upamajnsa rādʰasnnsa annannpi 



3.  Which exhilarating drink shall become a delight for thee, O Indra?
    Do thou, ferocious, trickle through the doors towards chants!
    Which conveying [would bring thee] hither, towards me, [what] conception?
    I might be able [to bring to] thee the most excellent satisfaction of [thy] desire by means of [this] food.



kádu dyumnámindra tvā́vato nṝ́nkáyā dʰiyā́ karase kánna ā́gan |
mitró ná satyá urugāya bʰṛtyā́ ánne samasya yádásanmanīṣā́ḥ || 4||



4.  kadr3nsn uc dyumnannsn indraNmsv tvāvatjmpa nṛnmpar3fsi dʰīnfsi karaseva·A·2s«√kṛ kadr3nsn vayamr1mpd āp aganvp·Aa3s«√gam |
    mitranmsn nac satyajmsn (urua-gāyajms)jmsv bʰṛtinfsd  
    annannsl samajmsg yadc asanvp·AE3p«√as manīṣānfpn 



4.  Which power to illuminate [would create] men like thee, O Indra?
    What vision thou effect? What has come to us in everyone's food
    like a true benefactor, O wide-ranging one,
    for a support, if conceptions should be [such support]?



préraya sū́ro ártʰaṃ ná pāráṃ yé asya kā́maṃ janidʰā́ iva gmán |
gíraśca yé te tuvijāta pūrvī́rnára indra pratiśíkṣantyánnaiḥ || 5||



5.  prap īrayavpCAo2s«√īr sūranmsn artʰanmsa nac pārajmsa  
    yasr3mpn ayamr3msg kāmanmsa janidʰājfpn ivac gmanvp·AE3p«√gam |
    girnfpa cac yasr3mpn tvamr2msd (tuvia-jātajms)jmsv pūrvījfpa  
    nṛnmpn indraNmsv pratiśikṣantivpDA·3p«prati~√śak annannpi 



5.  Do thou stimulate as the inciter³ [stimulates men] towards bringing-across cause⁴,
    those who would each approach his own longing as matchmakers [would],
    and those men who for thy sake, O manifested-often one,
    seek with the help of [this] food to be a match for many chants, O Indra!
------



mā́tre nú te súmite indra pūrvī́ dyaúrmajmánā pṛtʰivī́ kā́vyena |
várāya te gʰṛtávantaḥ sutā́saḥ svā́dmanbʰavantu pītáye mádʰūni || 6||



6.  mātrānfdn nuc tvamr2msd sumitajfdn indraNmsv pūrvījfdn  
    dyunmsn majmannnsi pṛtʰivīnfsn kāvyannsi |
    varanmsd tvamr2msd gʰṛtavantjmpn sutajmpn  
    svādmannnsn bʰavantuvp·Ao3p«√bʰū pītinfsd madʰunnpn 



6.  Two measures [are] now well proportioned for thee, O Indra, [and are] plentiful,
    the Heaven and the Earth --- majestically, by means of poetry.
    For thee to choose [are] rich in ghee Soma juices.
    Let honeyed [Soma drops] be a dainty drink to drink!



ā́ mádʰvo asmā asicannámatramíndrāya pūrṇáṃ sá hí satyárādʰāḥ |
sá vāvṛdʰe várimannā́ pṛtʰivyā́ abʰí krátvā náryaḥ paúṃsyaiśca || 7||



7.  āp madʰunnsg ayamr3msd asicanvp·Aa3p«√sic amatrannsa  
    indraNmsd pūrṇajnsa sasr3msn hic (satyajms-rādʰasnns)jmsn |
    sasr3msn vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ varimannnsl āp pṛtʰivīnfsg  
    abʰip kratunmsi naryajmsn pauṃsyajmpi cac 



7.  Pour in for him, for Indra, a tankard full of honey
    since he is the one whose satisfaction of one's desire is real.
    He has grown stronger in the expanse of the Earth
    [becoming] superior through [his] resourcefulness and manly strengths.



vyā̀naḷíndraḥ pṛ́tanāḥ svójā ā́smai yatante sakʰyā́ya pūrvī́ḥ |
ā́ smā rátʰaṃ ná pṛ́tanāsu tiṣṭʰa yáṃ bʰadráyā sumatyā́ codáyāse || 8||



8.  vip ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś indraNmsn pṛtanānfpa svojasjmsn  
    āp ayamr3msd yatantevp·A·3p«√yat sakʰyannsd pūrvījfpn |
    āp smac ratʰanmsa nac pṛtanānfpl tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā  
    yasr3msa bʰadrājfsi sumatinfsi codayāsevaCAe2s«√cud 



8.  Indra, having much vigour, has permeated battles.
    Many [clans] here are eager for this like-mindedness [with him].
------
    Do thou resort --- as if to a chariot during battles ---
    to [him] whom thou would urge on with an auspicious effective mental gesture!


1 adept of Indra
2 prob. a kind of contest
3 the sun
4 prob. fording mountain stream before sun gets too high


Sūkta 10.30 

prá devatrā́ bráhmaṇe gātúretvapó ácʰā mánaso ná práyukti |
mahī́ṃ mitrásya váruṇasya dʰāsíṃ pṛtʰujráyase rīradʰā suvṛktím || 1||











ádʰvaryavo havíṣmanto hí bʰūtā́cʰāpá itośatī́ruśantaḥ |
áva yā́ścáṣṭe aruṇáḥ suparṇástámā́syadʰvamūrmímadyā́ suhastāḥ || 2||











ádʰvaryavo'pá itā samudrámapā́ṃ nápātaṃ havíṣā yajadʰvam |
sá vo dadadūrmímadyā́ súpūtaṃ tásmai sómaṃ mádʰumantaṃ sunota || 3||











yó anidʰmó dī́dayadapsvàntáryáṃ víprāsa ī́ḷate adʰvaréṣu |
ápāṃ napānmádʰumatīrapó dā yā́bʰiríndro vāvṛdʰé vīryā̀ya || 4||











yā́bʰiḥ sómo módate hárṣate ca kalyāṇī́bʰiryuvatíbʰirná máryaḥ |
tā́ adʰvaryo apó ácʰā párehi yádāsiñcā́ óṣadʰībʰiḥ punītāt || 5||











evédyū́ne yuvatáyo namanta yádīmuśánnuśatī́rétyácʰa |
sáṃ jānate mánasā sáṃ cikitre'dʰvaryávo dʰiṣáṇā́paśca devī́ḥ || 6||











yó vo vṛtā́bʰyo ákṛṇodu lokáṃ yó vo mahyā́ abʰíśasterámuñcat |
tásmā índrāya mádʰumantamūrmíṃ devamā́danaṃ prá hiṇotanāpaḥ || 7||











prā́smai hinota mádʰumantamūrmíṃ gárbʰo yó vaḥ sindʰavo mádʰva útsaḥ |
gʰṛtápṛṣṭʰamī́ḍyamadʰvaréṣvā́po revatīḥ śṛṇutā́ hávaṃ me || 8||











táṃ sindʰavo matsarámindrapā́namūrmíṃ prá heta yá ubʰé íyarti |
madacyútamauśānáṃ nabʰojā́ṃ pári tritántuṃ vicárantamútsam || 9||











āvárvṛtatīrádʰa nú dvidʰā́rā goṣuyúdʰo ná niyaváṃ cárantīḥ |
ṛ́ṣe jánitrīrbʰúvanasya pátnīrapó vandasva savṛ́dʰaḥ sáyonīḥ || 10||











hinótā no adʰvaráṃ devayajyā́ hinóta bráhma sanáye dʰánānām |
ṛtásya yóge ví ṣyadʰvamū́dʰaḥ śruṣṭīvárīrbʰūtanāsmábʰyamāpaḥ || 11||











ā́po revatīḥ kṣáyatʰā hí vásvaḥ krátuṃ ca bʰadráṃ bibʰṛtʰā́mṛ́taṃ ca |
rāyáśca stʰá svapatyásya pátnīḥ sárasvatī tádgṛṇaté váyo dʰāt || 12||











práti yádā́po ádṛśramāyatī́rgʰṛtáṃ páyāṃsi bíbʰratīrmádʰūni |
adʰvaryúbʰirmánasā saṃvidānā́ índrāya sómaṃ súṣutaṃ bʰárantīḥ || 13||











émā́ agmanrevátīrjīvádʰanyā ádʰvaryavaḥ sādáyatā sakʰāyaḥ |
ní barhíṣi dʰattana somyāso'pā́ṃ náptrā saṃvidānā́sa enāḥ || 14||











ā́gmannā́pa uśatī́rbarhírédáṃ nyadʰvaré asadandevayántīḥ |
ádʰvaryavaḥ sunuténdrāya sómamábʰūdu vaḥ suśákā devayajyā́ || 15||












Sūkta 10.31 

ā́ no devā́nāmúpa vetu śáṃso víśvebʰisturaírávase yájatraḥ |
tébʰirvayáṃ suṣakʰā́yo bʰavema táranto víśvā duritā́ syāma || 1||











pári cinmárto dráviṇaṃ mamanyādṛtásya patʰā́ námasā́ vivāset |
utá svéna krátunā sáṃ vadeta śréyāṃsaṃ dákṣaṃ mánasā jagṛbʰyāt || 2||











ádʰāyi dʰītírásasṛgramáṃśāstīrtʰé ná dasmámúpa yantyū́māḥ |
abʰyā̀naśma suvitásya śūṣáṃ návedaso amṛ́tānāmabʰūma || 3||











nítyaścākanyātsvápatirdámūnā yásmā u deváḥ savitā́ jajā́na |
bʰágo vā góbʰiraryamémanajyātsó asmai cā́ruścʰadayadutá syāt || 4||











iyáṃ sā́ bʰūyā uṣásāmiva kṣā́ yáddʰa kṣumántaḥ śávasā samā́yan |
asyá stutíṃ jaritúrbʰíkṣamāṇā ā́ naḥ śagmā́sa úpa yantu vā́jāḥ || 5||











asyédeṣā́ sumatíḥ papratʰānā́bʰavatpūrvyā́ bʰū́manā gaúḥ |
asyá sánīḷā ásurasya yónau samāná ā́ bʰáraṇe bíbʰramāṇāḥ || 6||











kíṃ svidvánaṃ ká u sá vṛkṣá āsa yáto dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ niṣṭatakṣúḥ |
saṃtastʰāné ajáre itáūtī áhāni pūrvī́ruṣáso jaranta || 7||











naítā́vadenā́ paró anyádastyukṣā́ sá dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ bibʰarti |
tvácaṃ pavítraṃ kṛṇuta svadʰā́vānyádīṃ sū́ryaṃ ná haríto váhanti || 8||











stegó ná kṣā́mátyeti pṛtʰvī́ṃ míhaṃ ná vā́to ví ha vāti bʰū́ma |
mitró yátra váruṇo ajyámāno'gnírváne ná vyásṛṣṭa śókam || 9||











starī́ryátsū́ta sadyó ajyámānā vyátʰiravyatʰī́ḥ kṛṇuta svágopā |
putró yátpū́rvaḥ pitrórjániṣṭa śamyā́ṃ gaúrjagāra yáddʰa pṛcʰā́n || 10||











utá káṇvaṃ nṛṣádaḥ putrámāhurutá śyāvó dʰánamā́datta vājī́ |
prá kṛṣṇā́ya rúśadapinvatódʰarṛtámátra nákirasmā apīpet || 11||












Sūkta 10.32 

prá sú gmántā dʰiyasānásya sakṣáṇi varébʰirvarā́m̐ abʰí ṣú prasī́dataḥ |
asmā́kamíndra ubʰáyaṃ jujoṣati yátsomyásyā́ndʰaso búbodʰati || 1||



1.  prap sup gmanttp·Amdn«√gam dʰiyasānajmsg sakṣaṇinmsl  
    varajnpi varanmpa abʰip sua prasīdanttp·Ampa«pra~√sad |
    vayamr1mpg indraNmsn ubʰayajmsa jujoṣativp·A·3s«√juṣ  
    yadc somyajmsg andʰasnnsg bubodʰativp·Ie3s«√budʰ 



1.  Two easily setting forth ones¹ in a companion of being visualized one,
    approach easily-taking-their-seats suitors with choicest [offerings].
    Indra enjoys both our [eulogy and a hymn of illumination]
    when he becomes aware of containing Soma herb.



vī̀ndra yāsi divyā́ni rocanā́ ví pā́rtʰivāni rájasā puruṣṭuta |
yé tvā váhanti múhuradʰvarā́m̐ úpa té sú vanvantu vagvanā́m̐ arādʰásaḥ || 2||



2.  vip indraNmsv yāsivp·A·2s«√yā divyajnpa rocanannpa  
    vip pārtʰivajnpa rajasnnsi (purua-stutajms)jmsv |
    yasr3msn tvamr2msa vahantivp·A·3p«√vah muhura adʰvaranmpa upap  
    tasr3mpn sua vanvantuvp·Ao3p«√van vagvanajmpa arādʰasjmpa 



2.  Thou, O Indra, traverse celestial luminous spheres,
    [thou traverse] earthly ones through the airy realm, O much-eulogized one!
    Those who are conveying thee to proceeding on their way [sacrifices] [even] for a moment,
    may they easily become masters of [just] chattering but not satisfying [Indra's] desire ones.



tádínme cʰantsadvápuṣo vápuṣṭaraṃ putró yájjā́naṃ pitróradʰī́yati |
jāyā́ pátiṃ vahati vagnúnā sumátpuṃsá ídbʰadró vahatúḥ páriṣkṛtaḥ || 3||



3.  tadr3nsn idc ahamr1msd cʰantsatvp·Ae3s«√cʰad vapusnnsb vapuṣṭarajnsn  
    putranmsn yadc jānannsa pitṛnmdg adʰīyanttp·Amsl«adʰi~√i |
    jāyānfsn patinmsa vahativp·A·3s«√vah vagnunmsi sumata  
    puṃsnmsg idc bʰadrajmsn vahatunmsn pariṣkṛtajmsn 



3.  That indeed would appear to me as more wondrous than [any] wonder ---
    when the son [is] in him who is studying the birth of [his] parents².
    A wife³ leads home the husband⁴ along with the talk⁵ [it causes]
    [while] just the man's lovely wedding procession⁶ was fit out.



tádítsadʰástʰamabʰí cā́ru dīdʰaya gā́vo yácʰā́sanvahatúṃ ná dʰenávaḥ |
mātā́ yánmánturyūtʰásya pūrvyā́bʰí vāṇásya saptádʰāturíjjánaḥ || 4||



4.  tadc idc (sadʰaa-stʰajms)nnsa abʰip cārujnsa dīdʰayavp·I·1s«√dʰī  
    gonfpn yadc śāsanvp·AE3p«√śas vahatunmsa nac dʰenunfpn |
    mātṛnfsn yadc mantunfsn yūtʰannsg pūrvyājfsn  
    abʰip vāṇanmsg (saptau-dʰātunns)jmsn idc jananmsn 



4.  Only then I have reflected upon the favorite meeting place⁷,
    when cows⁸ would restrict the wedding procession as milch-cows [would restrict ordinary wedding procession],
    when the mother⁹, the former counsel of the herd, [counseled thus,]
    ``A person [can be seen as] just having-seven-elements-of-the-music [space].''



prá vó'cʰā ririce devayúṣpadáméko rudrébʰiryāti turváṇiḥ |
jarā́ vā yéṣvamṛ́teṣu dāváne pári va ū́mebʰyaḥ siñcatā mádʰu || 5||



5.  prap tvamr2mpa acʰāp ririceva·I·3s«√ric (devanms-yujms)jmsn padannsa  
    ekajmsn rudraNmpi yātivp·A·3s«√yā turvaṇijmsn |
    jarānfsnc yasr3mpl amṛtajmpl dāvannnsd  
    parip tvamr2mpg ūmanmpi siñcatava·Ao2p«√sic madʰunnsa 



5.  ``[Moving] towards you, he¹⁰, seeking-deva, empties the track¹¹.
    He, one and the same, overpowering, journeys with Rudra-s.
    Optionally, an invocation midst those unceasing [Rudra-s], in order to receive [that emptying of the track], [might be uttered].
    Using your helpers¹², do spread the honey¹³ throughout [the track]!''



nidʰīyámānamápagūḷhamapsú prá me devā́nāṃ vratapā́ uvāca |
índro vidvā́m̐ ánu hí tvā cacákṣa ténāhámagne ánuśiṣṭa ā́gām || 6||



6.  nidʰīyamānajmsa apagūḷhajmsa apnfpl  
    prap ahamr1msd devanmpg (vratanns-pājms)jmsn uvācavp·I·3s«√vac |
    indraNmsn vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid anup hic tvamr2msa cacakṣavp·I·3s«√cakṣ  
    tasr3msi ahamr1msn agniNmsv anuśiṣṭajmsn āp agāmvp·Aa1s«√gam 



6.  The protector¹⁴ of deva-s' spheres of action announced to me
    [that] hidden away in the waters one¹⁵ [is] being installed.
    ``Since having experienced [thee] Indra kept thee in his sight,
    being instructed by him, I have come here, O Agni!''



ákṣetravitkṣetravídaṃ hyáprāṭ sá praíti kṣetravídā́nuśiṣṭaḥ |
etádvaí bʰadrámanuśā́sanasyotá srutíṃ vindatyañjasī́nām || 7||



7.  (akṣetranns-vidjms)jmsn (kṣetranns-vidjms)jmsa hic aprāṭvp·UE3s«√pracʰ  
    sasr3msn prap etivp·A·3s«√i (kṣetranns-vidjms)jmsi anuśiṣṭajmsn |
    etadr3nsn vaic bʰadrannsn anuśāsanannsg  
    utac srutinfsa vindativp·A·3s«√vid añjasīnājfsa 



7.  Since he, who does not know a locality, would ask him knows,
    one would proceed as taught by him who knows.
    This [is] truly a good fortune of an instruction,
    and one would find [thus] a straightforward course [of actions].



adyédu prā́ṇīdámamannimā́hā́pīvṛto adʰayanmātúrū́dʰaḥ |
émenamāpa jarimā́ yúvānamáheḷanvásuḥ sumánā babʰūva || 8||



8.  adyaa idc uc prap ānītvp·U·3s«√an amamanvp·U·3s«√mand ayamr3npa aharnnpa  
    apīvṛtajmsn adʰayatvp·Aa3s«√dʰe mātṛnfsg ūdʰarnnsa |
    āp īmc enamr3msa āpavp·I·3s«√āp jarimannmsn yuvannmsa  
    aheḷanttp·Amsn«a~√heḷ vasujmsn sumanasjmsn babʰuvavp·I·3s«√bʰū 



8.  Just today he¹⁶ has inhaled --- he did tarry [all] these days,
    shrouded, he sucked mother's udder.
    Aging one has gained him, youthful one.
    Non-angry, he has became welldisposed, beneficial.
------



etā́ni bʰadrā́ kalaśa kriyāma kúruśravaṇa dádato magʰā́ni |
dāná ídvo magʰavānaḥ só astvayáṃ ca sómo hṛdí yáṃ bíbʰarmi || 9||



9.  etadr3npa bʰadrajnpa kalaśaNmsv kriyāmavp·Ai1s«√kṛ  
    kuruśravaṇaNmsv dadattp·Amsg«√dā magʰannpn |
    dānanmsn idc tvamr2mpg magʰavanjmpv sasr3msn astuvp·Ao3s«√as  
    ayamr3msn cac somanmsn hṛdnnsl yasr3msa bibʰarmivp·A·1s«√bʰṛ 



9.  We can effect these auspicious [things], O [receiving Soma]¹⁷ jar¹⁸, 
    [They are], O Kuruśravaṇa, gifts of the bestowing one.
    May he be for your, O generous ones, just what gives,
    and [may] this Soma that I carry in the heart [be just what gives].


1 prob. eulogy and a hymn of illumination
2 prob. Rudra and Pṛśni
3 the Earth
4 Indra
5 lit. ``noise'' --- stands for mental chatter likely to be unleashed during the process
6 ascension up the spine
7 prob. throat cakra
8 evocative expressions
9 Pṛśni
10 inner Soma
11 the space of the spine
12 here prob. the sounds that are the seven elements of the music, sounds that are in tune with the seven cakras
13 extract of Soma being absorbed into body
14 prob. inner Soma on the basis of 9.70.4cd
15 inner fire
16 inner Agni
17 on the basis of 6.69.2b
18 Indra


Sūkta 10.33 

prá mā yuyujre prayújo jánānāṃ váhāmi sma pūṣáṇamántareṇa |
víśve devā́so ádʰa mā́marakṣanduḥśā́surā́gādíti gʰóṣa āsīt || 1||











sáṃ mā tapantyabʰítaḥ sapátnīriva párśavaḥ |
ní bādʰate ámatirnagnátā jásurvérná vevīyate matíḥ || 2||











mū́ṣo ná śiśnā́ vyadanti mādʰyà stotā́raṃ te śatakrato |
sakṛ́tsú no magʰavannindra mṛḷayā́dʰā pitéva no bʰava || 3||











kuruśrávaṇamāvṛṇi rā́jānaṃ trā́sadasyavam |
máṃhiṣṭʰaṃ vāgʰátāmṛ́ṣiḥ || 4||











yásya mā haríto rátʰe tisró váhanti sādʰuyā́ |
stávai sahásradakṣiṇe || 5||











yásya prásvādaso gíra upamáśravasaḥ pitúḥ |
kṣétraṃ ná raṇvámūcúṣe || 6||











ádʰi putropamaśravo nápānmitrātitʰerihi |
pitúṣṭe asmi vanditā́ || 7||











yádī́śīyāmṛ́tānāmutá vā mártyānām |
jī́vedínmagʰávā máma || 8||











ná devā́nāmáti vratáṃ śatā́tmā caná jīvati |
tátʰā yujā́ ví vāvṛte || 9||












Sūkta 10.34 

prāvepā́ mā bṛható mādayanti pravātejā́ íriṇe várvṛtānāḥ |
sómasyeva maujavatásya bʰakṣó vibʰī́dako jā́gṛvirmáhyamacʰān || 1||











ná mā mimetʰa ná jihīḷa eṣā́ śivā́ sákʰibʰya utá máhyamāsīt |
akṣásyāhámekaparásya hetóránuvratāmápa jāyā́marodʰam || 2||











dvéṣṭi śvaśrū́rápa jāyā́ ruṇaddʰi ná nātʰitó vindate marḍitā́ram |
áśvasyeva járato vásnyasya nā́háṃ vindāmi kitavásya bʰógam || 3||











anyé jāyā́ṃ pári mṛśantyasya yásyā́gṛdʰadvédane vājyàkṣáḥ |
pitā́ mātā́ bʰrā́tara enamāhurná jānīmo náyatā baddʰámetám || 4||











yádādī́dʰye ná daviṣāṇyebʰiḥ parāyádbʰyó'va hīye sákʰibʰyaḥ |
nyùptāśca babʰrávo vā́camákratam̐ émī́deṣāṃ niṣkṛtáṃ jāríṇīva || 5||











sabʰā́meti kitaváḥ pṛcʰámāno jeṣyā́mī́ti tanvā̀ śū́śujānaḥ |
akṣā́so asya ví tiranti kā́maṃ pratidī́vne dádʰata ā́ kṛtā́ni || 6||











akṣā́sa ídaṅkuśíno nitodíno nikṛ́tvānastápanāstāpayiṣṇávaḥ |
kumārádeṣṇā jáyataḥ punarháṇo mádʰvā sámpṛktāḥ kitavásya barháṇā || 7||











tripañcāśáḥ krīḷati vrā́ta eṣāṃ devá iva savitā́ satyádʰarmā |
ugrásya cinmanyáve nā́ namante rā́jā cidebʰyo náma ítkṛṇoti || 8||











nīcā́ vartanta upári spʰurantyahastā́so hástavantaṃ sahante |
divyā́ áṅgārā íriṇe nyùptāḥ śītā́ḥ sánto hṛ́dayaṃ nírdahanti || 9||











jāyā́ tapyate kitavásya hīnā́ mātā́ putrásya cárataḥ kvà svit |
ṛṇāvā́ bíbʰyaddʰánamicʰámāno'nyéṣāmástamúpa náktameti || 10||











stríyaṃ dṛṣṭvā́ya kitaváṃ tatāpānyéṣāṃ jāyā́ṃ súkṛtaṃ ca yónim |
pūrvāhṇé áśvānyuyujé hí babʰrū́nsó agnéránte vṛṣaláḥ papāda || 11||











yó vaḥ senānī́rmaható gaṇásya rā́jā vrā́tasya pratʰamó babʰū́va |
tásmai kṛṇomi ná dʰánā ruṇadʰmi dáśāháṃ prā́cīstádṛtáṃ vadāmi || 12||











akṣaírmā́ dīvyaḥ kṛṣímítkṛṣasva vitté ramasva bahú mányamānaḥ |
tátra gā́vaḥ kitava tátra jāyā́ tánme ví caṣṭe savitā́yámaryáḥ || 13||











mitráṃ kṛṇudʰvaṃ kʰálu mṛḷátā no mā́ no gʰoréṇa caratābʰí dʰṛṣṇú |
ní vo nú manyúrviśatāmárātiranyó babʰrūṇā́ṃ prásitau nvàstu || 14||












Sūkta 10.35 

ábudʰramu tyá índravanto agnáyo jyótirbʰáranta uṣáso vyùṣṭiṣu |
mahī́ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ cetatāmápo'dyā́ devā́nāmáva ā́ vṛṇīmahe || 1||











diváspṛtʰivyóráva ā́ vṛṇīmahe mātṝ́nsíndʰūnpárvatāñcʰaryaṇā́vataḥ |
anāgāstváṃ sū́ryamuṣā́samīmahe bʰadráṃ sómaḥ suvānó adyā́ kṛṇotu naḥ || 2||











dyā́vā no adyá pṛtʰivī́ ánāgaso mahī́ trāyetāṃ suvitā́ya mātárā |
uṣā́ ucʰántyápa bādʰatāmagʰáṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 3||











iyáṃ na usrā́ pratʰamā́ sudevyàṃ revátsaníbʰyo revátī vyùcʰatu |
āré manyúṃ durvidátrasya dʰīmahi svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 4||











prá yā́ḥ sísrate sū́ryasya raśmíbʰirjyótirbʰárantīruṣáso vyùṣṭiṣu |
bʰadrā́ no adyá śrávase vyùcʰata svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 5||











anamīvā́ uṣása ā́ carantu na údagnáyo jihatāṃ jyótiṣā bṛhát |
ā́yukṣātāmaśvínā tū́tujiṃ rátʰaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 6||











śréṣṭʰaṃ no adyá savitarváreṇyaṃ bʰāgámā́ suva sá hí ratnadʰā́ ási |
rāyó jánitrīṃ dʰiṣáṇāmúpa bruve svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 7||











pípartu mā tádṛtásya pravā́canaṃ devā́nāṃ yánmanuṣyā̀ ámanmahi |
víśvā ídusrā́ spáḷúdeti sū́ryaḥ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 8||











adveṣó adyá barhíṣa stárīmaṇi grā́vṇāṃ yóge mánmanaḥ sā́dʰa īmahe |
ādityā́nāṃ śármaṇi stʰā́ bʰuraṇyasi svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 9||











ā́ no barhíḥ sadʰamā́de bṛháddiví devā́m̐ īḷe sādáyā saptá hótṝn |
índraṃ mitráṃ váruṇaṃ sātáye bʰágaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 10||











tá ādityā ā́ gatā sarvátātaye vṛdʰé no yajñámavatā sajoṣasaḥ |
bṛ́haspátiṃ pūṣáṇamaśvínā bʰágaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 11||











tánno devā yacʰata supravācanáṃ cʰardírādityāḥ subʰáraṃ nṛpā́yyam |
páśve tokā́ya tánayāya jīváse svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 12||











víśve adyá marúto víśva ūtī́ víśve bʰavantvagnáyaḥ sámiddʰāḥ |
víśve no devā́ ávasā́ gamantu víśvamastu dráviṇaṃ vā́jo asmé || 13||











yáṃ devāsó'vatʰa vā́jasātau yáṃ trā́yadʰve yáṃ pipṛtʰā́tyáṃhaḥ |
yó vo gopītʰé ná bʰayásya véda té syāma devávītaye turāsaḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.36 

uṣā́sānáktā bṛhatī́ supéśasā dyā́vākṣā́mā váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
índraṃ huve marútaḥ párvatām̐ apá ādityā́ndyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ apáḥ svaḥ || 1||











dyaúśca naḥ pṛtʰivī́ ca prácetasa ṛtā́varī rakṣatāmáṃhaso riṣáḥ |
mā́ durvidátrā nírṛtirna īśata táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 2||











víśvasmānno áditiḥ pātváṃhaso mātā́ mitrásya váruṇasya revátaḥ |
svàrvajjyótiravṛkáṃ naśīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 3||











grā́vā vádannápa rákṣāṃsi sedʰatu duṣvápnyaṃ nírṛtiṃ víśvamatríṇam |
ādityáṃ śárma marútāmaśīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 4||











éndro barhíḥ sī́datu pínvatāmíḷā bṛ́haspátiḥ sā́mabʰirṛkvó arcatu |
supraketáṃ jīváse mánma dʰīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 5||











divispṛ́śaṃ yajñámasmā́kamaśvinā jīrā́dʰvaraṃ kṛṇutaṃ sumnámiṣṭáye |
prācī́naraśmimā́hutaṃ gʰṛténa táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 6||











úpa hvaye suhávaṃ mā́rutaṃ gaṇáṃ pāvakámṛṣváṃ sakʰyā́ya śambʰúvam |
rāyáspóṣaṃ sauśravasā́ya dʰīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 7||











apā́ṃ péruṃ jīvádʰanyaṃ bʰarāmahe devāvyàṃ suhávamadʰvaraśríyam |
suraśmíṃ sómamindriyáṃ yamīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 8||











sanéma tátsusanítā sanítvabʰirvayáṃ jīvā́ jīváputrā ánāgasaḥ |
brahmadvíṣo víṣvagéno bʰarerata táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 9||











yé stʰā́ mánoryajñíyāsté śṛṇotana yádvo devā ī́mahe táddadātana |
jaítraṃ krátuṃ rayimádvīrávadyáśastáddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 10||











mahádadyá mahatā́mā́ vṛṇīmahé'vo devā́nāṃ bṛhatā́manarváṇām |
yátʰā vásu vīrájātaṃ náśāmahai táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 11||











mahó agnéḥ samidʰānásya śármaṇyánāgā mitré váruṇe svastáye |
śréṣṭʰe syāma savitúḥ sávīmani táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 12||











yé savitúḥ satyásavasya víśve mitrásya vraté váruṇasya devā́ḥ |
té saúbʰagaṃ vīrávadgómadápno dádʰātana dráviṇaṃ citrámasmé || 13||











savitā́ paścā́tātsavitā́ purástātsavitóttarā́ttātsavitā́dʰarā́ttāt |
savitā́ naḥ suvatu sarvátātiṃ savitā́ no rāsatāṃ dīrgʰámā́yuḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.37 

námo mitrásya váruṇasya cákṣase mahó devā́ya tádṛtáṃ saparyata |
dūredṛ́śe devájātāya ketáve divásputrā́ya sū́ryāya śaṃsata || 1||











sā́ mā satyóktiḥ pári pātu viśváto dyā́vā ca yátra tatánannáhāni ca |
víśvamanyánní viśate yádéjati viśvā́hā́po viśvā́hódeti sū́ryaḥ || 2||











ná te ádevaḥ pradívo ní vāsate yádetaśébʰiḥ pataraí ratʰaryási |
prācī́namanyádánu vartate rája údanyéna jyótiṣā yāsi sūrya || 3||











yéna sūrya jyótiṣā bā́dʰase támo jágacca víśvamudiyárṣi bʰānúnā |
ténāsmádvíśvāmánirāmánāhutimápā́mīvāmápa duṣvápnyaṃ suva || 4||











víśvasya hí préṣito rákṣasi vratámáheḷayannuccárasi svadʰā́ ánu |
yádadyá tvā sūryopabrávāmahai táṃ no devā́ ánu maṃsīrata krátum || 5||











táṃ no dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ tánna ā́pa índraḥ śṛṇvantu marúto hávaṃ vácaḥ |
mā́ śū́ne bʰūma sū́ryasya saṃdṛ́śi bʰadráṃ jī́vanto jaraṇā́maśīmahi || 6||











viśvā́hā tvā sumánasaḥ sucákṣasaḥ prajā́vanto anamīvā́ ánāgasaḥ |
udyántaṃ tvā mitramaho divédive jyógjīvā́ḥ práti paśyema sūrya || 7||











máhi jyótirbíbʰrataṃ tvā vicakṣaṇa bʰā́svantaṃ cákṣuṣecakṣuṣe máyaḥ |
āróhantaṃ bṛhatáḥ pā́jasaspári vayáṃ jīvā́ḥ práti paśyema sūrya || 8||











yásya te víśvā bʰúvanāni ketúnā prá cérate ní ca viśánte aktúbʰiḥ |
anāgāstvéna harikeśa sūryā́hnāhnā no vásyasāvasyasódihi || 9||











śáṃ no bʰava cákṣasā śáṃ no áhnā śáṃ bʰānúnā śáṃ himā́ śáṃ gʰṛṇéna |
yátʰā śámádʰvañcʰámásadduroṇé tátsūrya dráviṇaṃ dʰehi citrám || 10||











asmā́kaṃ devā ubʰáyāya jánmane śárma yacʰata dvipáde cátuṣpade |
adátpíbadūrjáyamānamā́śitaṃ tádasmé śáṃ yórarapó dadʰātana || 11||











yádvo devāścakṛmá jihváyā gurú mánaso vā práyutī devahéḷanam |
árāvā yó no abʰí ducʰunāyáte tásmintádéno vasavo ní dʰetana || 12||












Sūkta 10.38 

asmínna indra pṛtsutaú yáśasvati śímīvati krándasi prā́va sātáye |
yátra góṣātā dʰṛṣitéṣu kʰādíṣu víṣvakpátanti didyávo nṛṣā́hye || 1||



1.  ayamr3msl vayamr1mpa indraNmsv (pṛtnfs-sutinfs)nmsl yaśasvatjmsl  
    śimīvantjmsl krandasnnsl prap avavp·Ao2s«√av sātinfsd |
    yatrac (gonfs-sātinfs)nfsl dʰṛṣitajmpl kʰādinmpl  
    (viṣua-añcjms)a patantivp·A·3p«√pat didyunmpn (nṛnms-sāhyanns)nnsl 



1.  In this worthy challenge to fight, O Indra,
    at accompanied-by-exertion battle-cry, favour us to gain [an advantage],
    when at prevailing-over-men [stage] during [this] foray for cows,
    arrows fly all around midst challenged decorated-with-studded-[armour] ones!



sá naḥ kṣumántaṃ sádane vyū̀rṇuhi góarṇasaṃ rayímindra śravā́yyam |
syā́ma te jáyataḥ śakra medíno yátʰā vayámuśmási tádvaso kṛdʰi || 2||



2.  sasr3msn vayamr1mpd kṣumantjmsa sadanannsl vip ūrṇuhivp·Ao2s«√ūrṇu  
    (gonfs-arṇasnns)jmsa rayinmsa indraNmsv śravāyyajnsa |
    syāmavp·Ai1p«√as tvamr2msg jayattp·Amsg«√ji śakrajmsv medinjmpn  
    yatʰāc vayamr1mpn uśmasivp·A·1p«√vaś tadr3nsa vasujmsv kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ 



2.  Such¹, O Indra, unpack for us in the seat²
    nourishing abounding in ``cows''³ to-be-praised treasure!
    We, energized [by it], could be thy, [who is] surpassing, O empowering one!
    Make that as we wish [it to be], O beneficial one!



yó no dā́sa ā́ryo vā puruṣṭutā́deva indra yudʰáye cíketati |
asmā́bʰiṣṭe suṣáhāḥ santu śátravastváyā vayáṃ tā́nvanuyāma saṃgamé || 3||



3.  yasr3msn vayamr1mpa dāsanmsn āryajmsnc (purua-stutajms)jmsv  
    adevajmsn indraNmsv yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ ciketativp·A·3s«√cit |
    vayamr1mpi tvamr2msd suṣahajmpn santuvp·Ao3p«√as śatrunmpn  
    tvamr2msi vayamr1mpn tasr3mpa vanuyāmavp·Ai1p«√van saṃgamannsl 



3.  Who, whether a savage, or conducting [it] upwards one, O much-eulogized one,
    intends, being without the deva, O Indra, to fight us,
    may [such] enemies be easily subdued by us [who are] thy!
    With thee we might place them within [our] reach in an encounter!
------



yó dabʰrébʰirhávyo yáśca bʰū́ribʰiryó abʰī́ke varivovínnṛṣā́hye |
táṃ vikʰādé sásnimadyá śrutáṃ náramarvā́ñcamíndramávase karāmahe || 4||



4.  yasr3msn dabʰrajmpi havyajmsn yasr3msn cac bʰūrijmpi  
    yasr3msn abʰīkannsl (varivasnns-vidjms)jmsn (nṛnms-sāhyanns)nnsl |
    tasr3msa vikʰādanmsl sasnijmsa adyaa śrutajmsa nṛnmsa  
    arvañcjmsa indraNmsa avasnnsd karāmaheva·Ue1p«√kṛ 



4.  Who [is] called upon by those who are few, and those who are many,
    who [is] finding-mental-space in an adversity, at a prevailing over men,
    him, the man who nowadays is known to procure [the treasure] at biting⁴,
    Indra, we would make coming hitherward to help.



svavṛ́jaṃ hí tvā́mahámindra śuśrávānānudáṃ vṛṣabʰa radʰracódanam |
prá muñcasva pári kútsādihā́ gahi kímu tvā́vānmuṣkáyorbaddʰá āsate || 5||



5.  svavṛjjmsa hic tvamr2msa ahamr1msn śuśravavp·I·1s«√śru  
    anānudajmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv (radʰranms-codanajms)jmsa |
    prap muñcasvava·Ao2s«√muc parip kutsaNmsb ihac āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    kimc uc tvāvantjmsn muṣkanmdl baddʰajmsn āsateva·Ae3s«√ās 



5.  Since I have heard thee pulling self [from fights],
    not giving way [to calls], O resembling a bull, [and] ``inspiring the meek'',
    set thyself free from Kutsa in this matter! Come here!
    Why would someone like thee lie caught in pudenda muliebria?


1 favouring us to gain an advantage
2 prob. mūlādʰāra cakra
3 evocative expressions
4 for example, biting his shield as berserkers did


Sūkta 10.39 

yó vāṃ párijmā suvṛ́daśvinā rátʰo doṣā́muṣā́so hávyo havíṣmatā |
śaśvattamā́sastámu vāmidáṃ vayáṃ pitúrná nā́ma suhávaṃ havāmahe || 1||











codáyataṃ sūnṛ́tāḥ pínvataṃ dʰíya útpúraṃdʰīrīrayataṃ táduśmasi |
yaśásaṃ bʰāgáṃ kṛṇutaṃ no aśvinā sómaṃ ná cā́ruṃ magʰávatsu naskṛtam || 2||











amājúraścidbʰavatʰo yuváṃ bʰágo'nāśóścidavitā́rāpamásya cit |
andʰásya cinnāsatyā kṛśásya cidyuvā́mídāhurbʰiṣájā rutásya cit || 3||











yuváṃ cyávānaṃ sanáyaṃ yátʰā rátʰaṃ púnaryúvānaṃ carátʰāya takṣatʰuḥ |
níṣṭaugryámūhatʰuradbʰyáspári víśvéttā́ vāṃ sávaneṣu pravā́cyā || 4||











purāṇā́ vāṃ vīryā̀ prá bravā jáné'tʰo hāsatʰurbʰiṣájā mayobʰúvā |
tā́ vāṃ nú návyāvávase karāmahe'yáṃ nāsatyā śrádaríryátʰā dádʰat || 5||











iyáṃ vāmahve śṛṇutáṃ me aśvinā putrā́yeva pitárā máhyaṃ śikṣatam |
ánāpirájñā asajātyā́matiḥ purā́ tásyā abʰíśasteráva spṛtam || 6||











yuváṃ rátʰena vimadā́ya śundʰyúvaṃ nyū̀hatʰuḥ purumitrásya yóṣaṇām |
yuváṃ hávaṃ vadʰrimatyā́ agacʰataṃ yuváṃ súṣutiṃ cakratʰuḥ púraṃdʰaye || 7||











yuváṃ víprasya jaraṇā́mupeyúṣaḥ púnaḥ kalérakṛṇutaṃ yúvadváyaḥ |
yuváṃ vándanamṛśyadā́dúdūpatʰuryuváṃ sadyó viśpálāmétave kṛtʰaḥ || 8||











yuváṃ ha rebʰáṃ vṛṣaṇā gúhā hitámúdairayataṃ mamṛvā́ṃsamaśvinā |
yuvámṛbī́samutá taptámátraya ómanvantaṃ cakratʰuḥ saptávadʰraye || 9||











yuváṃ śvetáṃ pedáve'śvinā́śvaṃ navábʰirvā́jairnavatī́ ca vājínam |
carkṛ́tyaṃ dadatʰurdrāvayátsakʰaṃ bʰágaṃ ná nṛ́bʰyo hávyaṃ mayobʰúvam || 10||











ná táṃ rājānāvadite kútaścaná nā́ṃho aśnoti duritáṃ nákirbʰayám |
yámaśvinā suhavā rudravartanī puroratʰáṃ kṛṇutʰáḥ pátnyā sahá || 11||











ā́ téna yātaṃ mánaso jávīyasā rátʰaṃ yáṃ vāmṛbʰávaścakrúraśvinā |
yásya yóge duhitā́ jā́yate divá ubʰé áhanī sudíne vivásvataḥ || 12||











tā́ vartíryātaṃ jayúṣā ví párvatamápinvataṃ śayáve dʰenúmaśvinā |
vṛ́kasya cidvártikāmantárāsyā̀dyuváṃ śácībʰirgrasitā́mamuñcatam || 13||











etáṃ vāṃ stómamaśvināvakarmā́takṣāma bʰṛ́gavo ná rátʰam |
nyàmṛkṣāma yóṣaṇāṃ ná márye nítyaṃ ná sūnúṃ tánayaṃ dádʰānāḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.40 

rátʰaṃ yā́ntaṃ kúha kó ha vāṃ narā práti dyumántaṃ suvitā́ya bʰūṣati |
prātaryā́vāṇaṃ vibʰvàṃ viśéviśe vástorvastorváhamānaṃ dʰiyā́ śámi || 1||











kúha sviddoṣā́ kúha vástoraśvínā kúhābʰipitváṃ karataḥ kúhoṣatuḥ |
kó vāṃ śayutrā́ vidʰáveva deváraṃ máryaṃ ná yóṣā kṛṇute sadʰástʰa ā́ || 2||











prātárjaretʰe jaraṇéva kā́payā vástorvastoryajatā́ gacʰatʰo gṛhám |
kásya dʰvasrā́ bʰavatʰaḥ kásya vā narā rājaputréva sávanā́va gacʰatʰaḥ || 3||











yuvā́ṃ mṛgéva vāraṇā́ mṛgaṇyávo doṣā́ vástorhavíṣā ní hvayāmahe |
yuváṃ hótrāmṛtutʰā́ júhvate naréṣaṃ jánāya vahatʰaḥ śubʰaspatī || 4||











yuvā́ṃ ha gʰóṣā páryaśvinā yatī́ rā́jña ūce duhitā́ pṛcʰé vāṃ narā |
bʰūtáṃ me áhna utá bʰūtamaktávé'śvāvate ratʰíne śaktamárvate || 5||











yuváṃ kavī́ ṣṭʰaḥ páryaśvinā rátʰaṃ víśo ná kútso jaritúrnaśāyatʰaḥ |
yuvórha mákṣā páryaśvinā mádʰvāsā́ bʰarata niṣkṛtáṃ ná yóṣaṇā || 6||











yuváṃ ha bʰujyúṃ yuvámaśvinā váśaṃ yuváṃ śiñjā́ramuśánāmúpāratʰuḥ |
yuvó rárāvā pári sakʰyámāsate yuvórahámávasā sumnámā́ cake || 7||











yuváṃ ha kṛśáṃ yuvámaśvinā śayúṃ yuváṃ vidʰántaṃ vidʰávāmuruṣyatʰaḥ |
yuváṃ saníbʰya stanáyantamaśvinā́pa vrajámūrṇutʰaḥ saptā́syam || 8||











jániṣṭa yóṣā patáyatkanīnakó ví cā́ruhanvīrúdʰo daṃsánā ánu |
ā́smai rīyante nivanéva síndʰavo'smā́ áhne bʰavati tátpatitvanám || 9||











jīváṃ rudanti ví mayante adʰvaré dīrgʰā́mánu prásitiṃ dīdʰiyurnáraḥ |
vāmáṃ pitṛ́bʰyo yá idáṃ sameriré máyaḥ pátibʰyo jánayaḥ pariṣváje || 10||











ná tásya vidma tádu ṣú prá vocata yúvā ha yádyuvatyā́ḥ kṣéti yóniṣu |
priyósriyasya vṛṣabʰásya retíno gṛháṃ gamemāśvinā táduśmasi || 11||











ā́ vāmagansumatírvājinīvasū nyàśvinā hṛtsú kā́mā ayaṃsata |
ábʰūtaṃ gopā́ mitʰunā́ śubʰaspatī priyā́ aryamṇó dúryām̐ aśīmahi || 12||











tā́ mandasānā́ mánuṣo duroṇá ā́ dʰattáṃ rayíṃ sahávīraṃ vacasyáve |
kṛtáṃ tīrtʰáṃ suprapāṇáṃ śubʰaspatī stʰāṇúṃ patʰeṣṭʰā́mápa durmatíṃ hatam || 13||











kvà svidadyá katamā́svaśvínā vikṣú dasrā́ mādayete śubʰáspátī |
ká īṃ ní yeme katamásya jagmaturvíprasya vā yájamānasya vā gṛhám || 14||












Sūkta 10.41 

samānámu tyáṃ puruhūtámuktʰyàṃ ratʰaṃ tricakráṃ sávanā gánigmatam |
párijmānaṃ vidatʰyàṃ suvṛktíbʰirvayáṃ vyuṣṭā uṣáso havāmahe || 1||











prātaryújaṃ nāsatyā́dʰi tiṣṭʰatʰaḥ prātaryā́vāṇaṃ madʰuvā́hanaṃ rátʰam |
víśo yéna gácʰatʰo yájvarīrnarā kīréścidyajñáṃ hótṛmantamaśvinā || 2||











adʰvaryúṃ vā mádʰupāṇiṃ suhástyamagnídʰaṃ vā dʰṛtádakṣaṃ dámūnasam |
víprasya vā yátsávanāni gácʰatʰó'ta ā́ yātaṃ madʰupéyamaśvinā || 3||












Sūkta 10.42 

ásteva sú prataráṃ lā́yamásyanbʰū́ṣanniva prá bʰarā stómamasmai |
vācā́ viprāstarata vā́camaryó ní rāmaya jaritaḥ sóma índram || 1||



1.  astṛnmsn ivac sup pratarajmsa lāyanmsa asyanttp·Amsn«√as  
    hūṣanttp·Amsn«√bʰūṣ ivac prap bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ stomanmsa ayamr3msd |
    vācnfsi viprajmpn taratavp·Ao2p«√tṝ vācnfsa arijmsg  
    nip rāmayavpCAo2s«√ram jaritṛnmsv somanmsl indraNmsa 



1.  Like a shooter throwing passing over [previous mark] missile,
    do thou, in some measure using efforts for [this], bring forth a hymn of praise for this one!
    Inwardly-excited with the speech, do ye carry over the speech of the rising upwards one¹!
    O invoker, do detain Indra at Soma [pressing]!



dóhena gā́múpa śikṣā sákʰāyaṃ prá bodʰaya jaritarjārámíndram |
kóśaṃ ná pūrṇáṃ vásunā nyṛ̀ṣṭamā́ cyāvaya magʰadéyāya śū́ram || 2||



2.  dohanmsi gonfsa upap śikṣavpDAo2s«√śak sakʰinmsa  
    prap bodʰayavpCAo2s«√budʰ jaritṛnmsv jāranmsa indraNmsa |
    kośanmsa nac pūrṇajmsa vasunnsi nyṛṣṭjmsa  
    āp cyavayavpCAo2s«√cyu (magʰanns-deyanns)nnsd śūranmsa 



2.  Do thou seek to entice [his] companion² to come near [like] a cow [is enticed] by milking!
    Do thou, O invoker, wake up [its] paramour Indra!
    Do thou rattle endowed with what's beneficial like a pail filled [with water]³
    agent of change [for him] to bestow the gift!



kímaṅgá tvā magʰavanbʰojámāhuḥ śiśīhí mā śiśayáṃ tvā śṛṇomi |
ápnasvatī máma dʰī́rastu śakra vasuvídaṃ bʰágamindrā́ bʰarā naḥ || 3||



3.  kir3nsa aṅgac tvamr2msa magʰavanjmsv bʰojajmsa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah  
    śiśīhivp·Ao2s«√śo ahamr1msa śiśayajmsa tvamr2msa śṛṇomivp·A·1s«√śru |
    apnasvatījfsn ahamr1msg dʰīnfsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as śakrajmsv  
    (vasunns-vidjms)jmsa bʰaganmsa indraNmsv āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ vayamr1mpd 



3.  Why indeed they call thee⁴, O generous one, bountiful?
    Sharpen me! I hear, thou are sharpening⁵!
    May my visualization be profitable, O empowering one!
    Bring here for us knowing-what's-beneficial patron⁶ --- O Indra!



tvā́ṃ jánā mamasatyéṣvindra saṃtastʰānā́ ví hvayante samīké |
átrā yújaṃ kṛṇute yó havíṣmānnā́sunvatā sakʰyáṃ vaṣṭi śū́raḥ || 4||



4.  tvamr2msa jananmpn (ahamr1msg-satinfs)nfpl indraNmsv saṃtastʰānajmpn vip hvayanteva·A·3p«√hve samīkannsl |
    atrac yujnmsa kṛṇuteva·A·3s«√kṛ yasr3msn haviṣmantjmsn  
    nac asunvantjmsi sakʰyannsa vaṣṭivp·A·3s«√vaś śūranmsn 



4.  Folks in a struggle for ``what's mine''⁷,
    standing together during a hostile encounter, vie in calling thee, O Indra!
    In such matters, he makes [his] yoke-mate him who has oblations,
    the agent of change does not want like-mindedness with non-pressing[-Soma] one.



dʰánaṃ ná syandráṃ bahuláṃ yó asmai tīvrā́nsómām̐ āsunóti práyasvān |
tásmai śátrūnsutúkānprātáráhno ní sváṣṭrānyuváti hánti vṛtrám || 5||



5.  dʰanannsa nac syandrajnsa bahulajnsa yasr3msn ayamr3msd tīvrajmpa somanmpa āsunotivp·A·3s«ā~√su prayasvantjmsn |
    tasr3msd śatrunmpa sutukajmpa prātara ahannnsg  
    nip svaṣṭrajmpa yuvativp·A·3s«√yu hantivp·A·3s«√han vṛtraNnsa 



5.  Who, dispensing delights, presses for him pungent Soma juices
    as an abundant [but] transitory prize,
    for him at day-break, he binds down
    easy-to-push-aside, easy-to-goad enemies; he slays Vṛtra.



yásminvayáṃ dadʰimā́ śáṃsamíndre yáḥ śiśrā́ya magʰávā kā́mamasmé |
ārā́ccitsánbʰayatāmasya śátrurnyàsmai dyumnā́ jányā namantām || 6||



6.  yasr3msl vayamr1mpn dadʰimavp·I·1p«√dʰā śaṃsanmsa indraNmsl  
    yasr3msn śiśrāyavp·I·3s«√śri magʰavanjmsn kāmanmsa vayamr1mpl  
    ārāta cidc santtp·Amsn«√as bʰayatāmva·Ao3s«√bʰī ayamr3msg śatrunmsn  
    nip ayamr3msd dyumnannpn janyajnpn namantāmva·Ao3p«√nam 



6.  Into whom we place [this] spell --- into Indra ---
    who, being generous, has fasten [his] longing to us,
    let his enemy, even being far away, be afraid!
    Let to-be-born powers⁸ to illuminate submit themselves to him!



ārā́cʰátrumápa bādʰasva dūrámugró yáḥ śámbaḥ puruhūta téna |
asmé dʰehi yávamadgómadindra kṛdʰī́ dʰíyaṃ jaritré vā́jaratnām || 7||



7.  ārāta śatrunmsn apap bādʰasvava·Ao2s«√bādʰ dūrama  
    ugrajmsn yasr3msn śambajmsn (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv tasr3msi |
    vayamr1mpl dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā yavamatjnsa gomatjnsa indraNmsv  
    kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ dʰīnfsa jaritṛnmsd (vājanms-ratnanns)jfsa 



7.  From afar repel enemy far away
    with that which [is] a ferocious mace(?), O much invoked one!
    Put into us rich-in-cows rich-in-barley [treasure], O Indra!
    Effect for invoker vision which has a rush of vigour for a jewel!



prá yámantárvṛṣasavā́so ágmantīvrā́ḥ sómā bahulā́ntāsa índram |
nā́ha dāmā́naṃ magʰávā ní yaṃsanní sunvaté vahati bʰū́ri vāmám || 8||



8.  prap yasr3msa antara (vṛṣannms-savajms)jmpn agmanvp·Aa3p«√gam  
    tīvrajmpn somanmpn bahulāntajmpn indraNmsa |
    nac ahac dāmannmsa magʰavannmsn nip yaṃsatva·UE3s«√yam  
    nip sunvanttp·Amsd«√su vahativp·A·3s«√vah bʰūrijnsa vāmannsa 



8.  To whom setting-in-motion-the-bull ones, pungent Soma juices,
    ample-to-the-end⁹, set out inside --- to Indra,
    surely [he,] the generous one, would not hold back a giver,
    to a pressing Soma one he conveys abundant lovely [treasure].



utá prahā́matidī́vyā jayāti kṛtáṃ yácʰvagʰnī́ vicinóti kālé |
yó devákāmo ná dʰánā ruṇaddʰi sámíttáṃ rāyā́ sṛjati svadʰā́vān || 9||



9.  utac prahānfsa atidīvyaa jayātivp·Ae3s«√ji  
    kṛtannsa yadc śvagʰninnmsn vicinotivp·A·3s«vi~√ci kālanmsl |
    yasr3msn (devanms-kāmanms)jmsn nac dʰanannpa ruṇaddʰivp·A·3s«√rudʰ  
    samp idc tasr3msa rainmsi sṛjativp·A·3s«√sṛj svadʰāvantjmsn 



9.  And he¹⁰, making stakes higher, wins the stake,
    when a gambler with a winning throw of dice¹¹ lets dice to roll out at a fixed time.
    Who, longing for the deva, does not hold down stakes,
    him he, who has the power of self-determination, presents with the treasure.



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows¹²,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We, being together with chieftains primary [contenders], [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹³ [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹⁴ mental space!


1 inner Soma
2 inner Soma --- on the basis of 9.96.2c
3 on the basis of 4.20.6d
4 Soma
5 taking śiśaya as ``sharpening'' follows p.1446 J&B2014
6 Indra
7 following p.1446 J&B2014
8 powers of senses
9 following p.1446 J&B2014
10 to whom Indra has conveyed abundant lovely treasure
11 assuming after p.1446 J&B2014 that śvagʰnin=``a gambler with a winning throw of dice''
12 evocative expressions
13 prob. maṇipūra cakra
14 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.43 

ácʰā ma índraṃ matáyaḥ svarvídaḥ sadʰrī́cīrvíśvā uśatī́ranūṣata |
pári ṣvajante jánayo yátʰā pátiṃ máryaṃ ná śundʰyúṃ magʰávānamūtáye || 1||



1.  acʰāp ahamr1msg indraNmsa matinfpn (svarnns-vidjms)jfpn  
    sadʰrīcījfpn viśvājfpn uśatījfpn anūṣatava·U·3p«√nu |
    parip svajanteva·A·3p«√svaj janinfpn yatʰāc patinmsa  
    maryanmsa nac śundʰyujmsa magʰavanjmsa ūtinfsd 



1.  My mental gestures --- finding-svar, all directed to the same [goal], eager ---
    have found their way to Indra.
    They embrace --- as wives [their] husband ---
    as if [embracing] seeking to be free of doubts young man --- the generous one for a favour.



ná gʰā tvadrígápa veti me mánastvé ítkā́maṃ puruhūta śiśraya |
rā́jeva dasma ní ṣadó'dʰi barhíṣyasmínsú sóme'vapā́namastu te || 2||



2.  nac gʰac tvadrika apap vetivp·A·3s«√vī ahamr1msg manasnnsn  
    tvamr2msl idc kāmanmsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv śiśrayavpCAo2s«√śri |
    rājannmsn ivac dasmajmsv nip sadasvp·AE2s«√sad adʰip barhisnnsl  
    ayamr3msl sua somanmsl avapānannsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as tvamr2msd 



2.  My mind does not turn away from thee,
    make [my] longing fastened to thee, O much invoked one!
    Do sit down like a chieftain onto the sacrificial grass, O accomplishing wonderful deeds one, !
    At this Soma [pressing], may it be for thee a place to drink!



viṣūvṛ́díndro ámaterutá kṣudʰáḥ sá ídrāyó magʰávā vásva īśate |
tásyédimé pravaṇé saptá síndʰavo váyo vardʰanti vṛṣabʰásya śuṣmíṇaḥ || 3||



3.  (viṣua-vṛtjms)jmsn indraNmsn amatinfsg utac kṣudʰnfsg  
    sasr3msn idc rainmsg magʰavanjmsn vasujmsg īśateva·A·3s«√īś |
    tasr3msg idc ayamr3mpn pravaṇannsl saptau sindʰunmpn  
    vayasnnsa vardʰantivp·A·3p«√vṛdʰ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsg śuṣminjmsg 



3.  Indra, [being] indifferent to impulsiveness and hunger,
    only he, the generous one, is the master of beneficial treasure.
    Just his seven streams on a down-slope strengthen
    mental and bodily vigour of a fiery resembling-a-bull one¹.



váyo ná vṛkṣáṃ supalāśámā́sadansómāsa índraṃ mandínaścamūṣádaḥ |
praíṣāmánīkaṃ śávasā dávidyutadvidátsvàrmánave jyótirā́ryam || 4||



4.  vinmpn nac vṛkṣanmsa supalāśajmsa āp asadanvp·Aa?p«√sad  
    somanmpn indraNmsa mandinjmpn (camūnfs-sadjms)jmpn |
    prap ayamr3mpg anīkannsl śavasnnsi davidyutatvp·AE3s«√uddyut  
    vidatvp·UE3s«√vid svarnnsa manujmsd jyotisnnsa āryajnsa 



4.  Like birds [reach for] well-endowed-with-leaves tree,
    settled-in-bowls possessing-of-delight Soma drops reached for Indra.
    On their appearance, it shall shine forth, it shall find svar ---
    the light² [that] for an intelligent [man] [is] conducting [them] upwards.



kṛtáṃ ná śvagʰnī́ ví cinoti dévane saṃvárgaṃ yánmagʰávā sū́ryaṃ jáyat |
ná tátte anyó ánu vīryàṃ śakanná purāṇó magʰavannótá nū́tanaḥ || 5||



5.  kṛtannsa nac śvagʰninnmsn vip cinotivp·A·3s«√ci devanannsl  
    saṃvargajmsa yadc magʰavanjmsn sūryanmsa jayanttp·Amsn«√ji |
    nac tadr3nsa tvamr2msg anyajmsn anup vīryannsa śakatvp·AE3s«√śak  
    nac purāṇajmsn magʰavanjmsv nac utac nūtanajmsn 



5.  Like a gambler with a winning throw of dice³ during the game lets dice to roll out,
    the generous one is winning over the ravenous sun⁴.
    Another [deva] shall not be able to imitate such deed of valor of thee,
    neither an ancient [deva] nor a modern one, O generous one!



víśaṃviśaṃ magʰávā páryaśāyata jánānāṃ dʰénā avacā́kaśadvṛ́ṣā |
yásyā́ha śakráḥ sávaneṣu ráṇyati sá tīvraíḥ sómaiḥ sahate pṛtanyatáḥ || 6||



6.  (viśnfsa-viśnfsa)a magʰavanjmsn parip aśāyatavp·U·3s«√śī  
    jananmpg dʰenānfpa avacākaśatvp·AE3s«ava~√kāś vṛṣannmsn |
    yasr3msg ahac śakrajmsn savanannpl raṇyativp·A·3s«√raṇ  
    sasr3msn tīvrajmpi somanmpi sahateva·A·3s«√sah pṛtanyatjmpa 



6.  The generous one has stopped⁵ by every clan.
    The bull⁶ shall keep manifesting nourishing streams of the folks.
    In whose pressings the empowering one takes pleasure,
    he, with the help of pungent Soma drops, overpowers those⁷ who assail [him].



ā́po ná síndʰumabʰí yátsamákṣaransómāsa índraṃ kulyā́ iva hradám |
várdʰanti víprā máho asya sā́dane yávaṃ ná vṛṣṭírdivyéna dā́nunā || 7||



7.  apnfpn nac sindʰunmsa abʰip yadc samakṣaranvp·Aa3p«sam~√kṣar  
    somanmpn indraNmsa kulyānfpn ivac hradanmsa |
    vardʰantivp·A·3p«√vṛdʰ viprajmpn mahasnnsa ayamr3msg sādanannsl  
    yavanmsa nac vṛṣṭinfsn divyajnsi dānunnsi 



7.  As waters [swell] a river when they flow at the same time towards [it],
    Soma [drops] [swell] Indra like brooks [flowing towards] a pool.
    Inwardly-excited ones, when weary, strengthen his might
    like rain [strengthens] barley with celestial dew.



vṛ́ṣā ná kruddʰáḥ patayadrájassvā́ yó aryápatnīrákṛṇodimā́ apáḥ |
sá sunvaté magʰávā jīrádānavé'vindajjyótirmánave havíṣmate || 8||



8.  vṛṣannmsn nac kruddʰajmsn patayatvpCAE3s«√pat rajasnnpl āp  
    yasr3msn (arijmsg-patnīnfs)nfpa akṛṇotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ ayamr3fpa apnfpa |
    sasr3msn sunvanttp·Amsd«√su magʰavanjmsn (jīranms-dānujms)jmsd  
    avindatvp·Aa3s«√vid jyotisnnsa manujmsd haviṣmantjmsd 



8.  Irritated like a [challenged] bull, he shall descend upon darkening emotions,
    he, who made these waters mistresses of the rising upwards one⁸.
    He, the generous one, did find the light for quick-to-bestow pressing-[Soma] [worshiper] ---
    for offering libations, intelligent one.



újjāyatāṃ paraśúrjyótiṣā sahá bʰūyā́ ṛtásya sudúgʰā purāṇavát |
ví rocatāmaruṣó bʰānúnā śúciḥ svàrṇá śukráṃ śuśucīta sátpatiḥ || 9||



9.  udp jāyatāmvp·Ao3s«√jan (parajms-śujms)nmsn jyotisnnsi sahap  
    bʰūyāsvp·Ai2s«√bʰū ṛtannsg sudugʰājfsn purāṇavata |
    vip rocatāmva·Ao3s«√ruc aruṣajmsn bʰānunmsi śucijmsn  
    svarnnsa nac śukrajnsa śuśucītava·Ii3s«√śuc (satnns-patinms)jmsn 



9.  Let the ax⁹ become manifest together with the light!
    May thou become yielding-much milk [cow] of ṛta --- as of old!
    Let it¹⁰, tempered, gleaming with lustre, shine forth!
    The overseer of what's real should have shined pure like sva`r [light].



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows¹¹,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We, together with chieftains being primary [contenders], [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹² [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹³ mental space!


1 adept of Indra
2 golden light seen even with eyes closed due to, perhaps, sudden high level of adrenaline in blood
3 assuming after p.1446 J&B2014 that śvagʰnin=``a gambler with a winning throw of dice''
4 maṇipūra cakra
5 lit. ``came to rest, reposed in a sufficient manner''
6 Soma
7 Śuṣṇa, Śambara, etc.
8 inner Soma
9 prob. the thunderbolt
10 the thunderbolt
11 evocative expressions
12 prob. maṇipūra cakra
13 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.44 

ā́ yātvíndraḥ svápatirmádāya yó dʰármaṇā tūtujānástúviṣmān |
pratvakṣāṇó áti víśvā sáhāṃsyapāréṇa mahatā́ vṛ́ṣṇyena || 1||



1.  āp yātuvp·Ao3s«√yā indraNmsn svapatijmsn madanmsd  
    yasr3msn dʰarmannnsi tūtujānajmsn tuviṣmantjmsn |
    pratvakṣāṇajmsn atip viśvajnpa sahasnnpa  
    apārajnsi mahatjnsi vṛṣṇyannsi 



1.  May Indra, who is his own master, journey here for an exhilaration ---
    [he,] who, having the power to control, [is] ever urging by his very nature,
    [who is] shaping [one's powers] beyond all overwhelming powers 
    through [his] boundless extensive manliness.



suṣṭʰā́mā rátʰaḥ suyámā hárī te mimyákṣa vájro nṛpate gábʰastau |
śī́bʰaṃ rājansupátʰā́ yāhyarvā́ṅvárdʰāma te papúṣo vṛ́ṣṇyāni || 2||



2.  suṣṭʰāmanjmsn ratʰanmsn suyamajmdn harijmdn tvamr2msd  
    mimyakṣavp·I·3s«√myakṣ vajranmsn (nṛnms-patinms)nmsv gabʰastinmsl |
    śībʰama rājannmsv supatʰinnmsi āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā arvācjmsn  
    vardʰāmavp·Ao1p«√vṛdʰ tvamr2msg papivaṃstp·Imsg«√pā vṛṣṇyannpa 



2.  The chariot has a firm frame, two tawny ones [are] easy to restrain for thee,
    the thunderbolt has been present in [this] hand, O overseer of men!
    Coming hitherward, journey here quickly, O chieftain, along an easy pathway!
    Let us strengthen manly powers of thee who has drunk [Soma]!



éndravā́ho nṛpátiṃ vájrabāhumugrámugrā́sastaviṣā́sa enam |
prátvakṣasaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ satyáśuṣmamémasmatrā́ sadʰamā́do vahantu || 3||



3.  āp (indraNms-vāhjms)jmpn (nṛnms-patinms)nmsa (vajranms-bāhunms)jmsa  
    ugrajmsa ugrajmpn taviṣajmpn enar3msa |
    pratvakṣasjmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa (satyajms-śuṣmanms)jmsa  
    āp īmr3msa asmatrāa (sadʰaa-mādnms)nmpn vahantuvp·Ao3p«√vah 



3.  Here [are] violent in-control [Marut-s] conveying Indra ---
    him, [who is] ferocious thunderbolt-in-arms overseer of men.
    Let drinking companions convey him here, to us,
    [him,] shaping [one's powers], having genuine fervor, resembling-a-bull one!



evā́ pátiṃ droṇasā́caṃ sácetasamūrjá skambʰáṃ dʰarúṇa ā́ vṛṣāyase |
ójaḥ kṛṣva sáṃ gṛbʰāya tvé ápyáso yátʰā kenipā́nāminó vṛdʰé || 4||



4.  evac patinmsa (droṇanns-sācjms)jmsa sacetasjmsa  
    ūrjnfsg skambʰanmsa dʰaruṇannsl āp vṛṣāyaseva·A·2s«√vṛṣāy |
    ojasnnsa kṛṣvava·Ao2s«√kṛ samp gṛbʰāyavp·Ao2s«√gṛbʰāy tvamr2msl apia  
    asasvp·AE2s«√as yatʰāc kenipanmpg inajmsn vṛdʰev···D··«√vṛdʰ 



4.  Really, in the foundation¹ thou act like a bull
    towards associated with a wooden vessel intelligent protector², [who is] the pillar of strength.
    Cause frenzy! Also, accept into thyself [the honey]³!
    To strengthen, thou shall be as if invigorating of those who keep watch⁴.



gámannasmé vásūnyā́ hí śáṃsiṣaṃ svāśíṣaṃ bʰáramā́ yāhi somínaḥ |
tvámīśiṣe sā́smínnā́ satsi barhíṣyanādʰṛṣyā́ táva pā́trāṇi dʰármaṇā || 5||



5.  gamanva·AE3p«√gam vayamr1mpd vasunnpn āp hic śaṃsiṣamvp·UE1s«√śaṃs  
    svāśiṣajmsa bʰaranmsa āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā sominjmsg |
    tvamr2msn īśiṣeva·A·2s«√īś sasr3msn ayamr3msl āp satsivp·Ao2s«√sad barhisnnsl  
    anādʰṛṣyajnpa tvamr2msg pātrannpn dʰarmaṇāa 



5.  Since I shall recite [evocative expressions], beneficial things shall be coming to us.
    Journey here to well-mixed offering of him who offers Soma!
    Thou are in command. Being such, preside over this sacrificial grass!
    Thy means of protection by their very nature are not to be meddled with.
------



pṛ́tʰakprā́yanpratʰamā́ deváhūtayó'kṛṇvata śravasyā̀ni duṣṭárā |
ná yé śekúryajñíyāṃ nā́vamārúhamīrmaívá té nyaviśanta képayaḥ || 6||



6.  pṛtʰaka prap āyanvp·Aa3p«√i pratʰamājfpn (devanms-hūtinfs)nfpn  
    akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ śravasyannpa duṣṭarajnpa |
    nac yasr3mpn śekurvp·I·3p«√śak yajñiyājfsa naunfsa āruhv···D··«√ruh  
    īrmāa evac tasr3mpn nip aviśantavp·Aa3p«√viś kepijmpn 



6.  Earliest invocations of deva-s proceeded separately;
    they effected difficult-to-surpass worthy of fame deeds.
    Those, who were not able to mount worthy-of-a-sacrifice ship,
    they, shaking, descended [from the state of elevation] to ever instigating [others].



evaívā́pāgápare santu dūḍʰyó'śvā yéṣāṃ duryúja āyuyujré |
ittʰā́ yé prā́gúpare sánti dāváne purū́ṇi yátra vayúnāni bʰójanā || 7||



7.  evac evac apāñcjmpn aparajmpn santuvp·Ao3p«√as dūḍʰijmpn  
    aśvanmpn yasr3mpg duryujjmpn āyuyujreva·I·3p«ā~√yuj |
    ittʰāa yasr3mpn prāñcjmpn uparajmpn santivp·A·3p«√as dāvannnsd  
    purujnpn yatrac vayunajnpn bʰojanannpn 



7.  Just so, let those, whose visualizations were inferior,
    [but] whose difficult-to-yoke horses have joined [a fight], be following [though] being behind.
    Thus those who are in front [in the fight] are nearer in order to receive,
    when sources of pleasure [are] many [and] enticing.



girī́m̐rájrānréjamānām̐ adʰārayaddyaúḥ krandadantárikṣāṇi kopayat |
samīcīné dʰiṣáṇe ví ṣkabʰāyati vṛ́ṣṇaḥ pītvā́ máda uktʰā́ni śaṃsati || 8||



8.  girinmpa ajranmpa rejamānajmpa adʰārayatvpCAa3s«√dʰṛ  
    dyunmsn krandatvp·AE3s«√krand (antara-īkṣajms)nnpa kopayatvpCAE3s«√kup |
    samīcīnajfda (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfda vip skabʰāyativp·A·3s«√skambʰāy vṛṣannmsg pītvātp·A???«√pā madanmsl uktʰannpa śaṃsativp·A·3s«√śaṃs 



8.  [When] one made ``mountains''⁵ to restrain trembling ``plains''⁶,
    [then] the Heaven shall call out, it shall cause intermediate ones⁷ to swell with rage.
    He [then] props two tending in the same direction efforts to visualize.
    Drinking the bull⁸, he recites verses in the [resulting] exhilaration.
------



imáṃ bibʰarmi súkṛtaṃ te aṅkuśáṃ yénārujā́si magʰavañcʰapʰārújaḥ |
asmínsú te sávane astvokyàṃ sutá iṣṭaú magʰavanbodʰyā́bʰagaḥ || 9||



9.  ayamr3msa bibʰarmivp·A·1s«√bʰṛ sukṛtajmsa tvamr2msd aṅkuśanmsa  
    yasr3msi ārujāsivp·A·2s«ā~√ruj magʰavanjmsv (śapʰanms-ārujjms)jmpa |
    ayamr3msl sujnsn tvamr2msd savanannsl astuvp·Ao3s«√as okyannsn  
    sutajmsl iṣṭinfsl magʰavanjmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√bʰū ābʰagajmsn 



9.  I carry for thee this well-made hook with which thou,
    O generous one, break up those who break up with hoofs.
    May it be a good home for thee at this pressing [of Soma]!
    During seeking pressed [Soma], may thou, O generous one, become endowed with a share [of it]!



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows⁹,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We together with chieftains being primary [contenders] [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹⁰ [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹¹ mental space!


1 prob. mūlādʰāra cakra
2 Soma
3 on the basis of 8.17.5c
4 kenipa= ``one who keeps watch'' is following p.1449 J&B2014
5 personal strengths that mobilize and organize mental and bodily vigour
6 personal weaknesses that make one subject to be overrun by fears
7 vital airs
8 Soma
9 evocative expressions
10 prob. maṇipūra cakra
11 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.45 

diváspári pratʰamáṃ jajñe agnírasmáddvitī́yaṃ pári jātávedāḥ |
tṛtī́yamapsú nṛmáṇā ájasramíndʰāna enaṃ jarate svādʰī́ḥ || 1||











vidmā́ te agne tredʰā́ trayā́ṇi vidmā́ te dʰā́ma víbʰṛtā purutrā́ |
vidmā́ te nā́ma paramáṃ gúhā yádvidmā́ támútsaṃ yáta ājagántʰa || 2||











samudré tvā nṛmáṇā apsvàntárnṛcákṣā īdʰe divó agna ū́dʰan |
tṛtī́ye tvā rájasi tastʰivā́ṃsamapā́mupástʰe mahiṣā́ avardʰan || 3||











ákrandadagní stanáyanniva dyaúḥ kṣā́mā rérihadvīrúdʰaḥ samañján |
sadyó jajñānó ví hī́middʰó ákʰyadā́ ródasī bʰānúnā bʰātyantáḥ || 4||











śrīṇā́mudāró dʰarúṇo rayīṇā́ṃ manīṣā́ṇāṃ prā́rpaṇaḥ sómagopāḥ |
vásuḥ sūnúḥ sáhaso apsú rā́jā ví bʰātyágra uṣásāmidʰānáḥ || 5||











víśvasya ketúrbʰúvanasya gárbʰa ā́ ródasī apṛṇājjā́yamānaḥ |
vīḷúṃ cidádrimabʰinatparāyáñjánā yádagnímáyajanta páñca || 6||











uśíkpāvakó aratíḥ sumedʰā́ márteṣvagníramṛ́to ní dʰāyi |
íyarti dʰūmámaruṣáṃ bʰáribʰradúcʰukréṇa śocíṣā dyā́mínakṣan || 7||











dṛśānó rukmá urviyā́ vyadyauddurmárṣamā́yuḥ śriyé rucānáḥ |
agníramṛ́to abʰavadváyobʰiryádenaṃ dyaúrjanáyatsurétāḥ || 8||











yáste adyá kṛṇávadbʰadraśoce'pūpáṃ deva gʰṛtávantamagne |
prá táṃ naya prataráṃ vásyo ácʰābʰí sumnáṃ devábʰaktaṃ yaviṣṭʰa || 9||











ā́ táṃ bʰaja sauśravaséṣvagna uktʰaùktʰa ā́ bʰaja śasyámāne |
priyáḥ sū́rye priyó agnā́ bʰavātyújjāténa bʰinádadújjánitvaiḥ || 10||











tvā́magne yájamānā ánu dyū́nvíśvā vásu dadʰire vā́ryāṇi |
tváyā sahá dráviṇamicʰámānā vrajáṃ gómantamuśíjo ví vavruḥ || 11||











ástāvyagnírnarā́ṃ suśévo vaiśvānará ṛ́ṣibʰiḥ sómagopāḥ |
adveṣé dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ huvema dévā dʰattá rayímasmé suvī́ram || 12||












Sūkta 10.46 

prá hótā jātó mahā́nnabʰovínnṛṣádvā sīdadapā́mupástʰe |
dádʰiryó dʰā́yi sá te váyāṃsi yantā́ vásūni vidʰaté tanūpā́ḥ || 1||











imáṃ vidʰánto apā́ṃ sadʰástʰe paśúṃ ná naṣṭáṃ padaíránu gman |
gúhā cátantamuśíjo námobʰiricʰánto dʰī́rā bʰṛ́gavo'vindan || 2||











imáṃ tritó bʰū́ryavindadicʰánvaibʰūvasó mūrdʰányágʰnyāyāḥ |
sá śévṛdʰo jātá ā́ harmyéṣu nā́bʰiryúvā bʰavati rocanásya || 3||











mandráṃ hótāramuśíjo námobʰiḥ prā́ñcaṃ yajñáṃ netā́ramadʰvarā́ṇām |
viśā́makṛṇvannaratíṃ pāvakáṃ havyavā́haṃ dádʰato mā́nuṣeṣu || 4||











prá bʰūrjáyantaṃ mahā́ṃ vipodʰā́ṃ mūrā́ ámūraṃ purā́ṃ darmā́ṇam |
náyanto gárbʰaṃ vanā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ dʰurhíriśmaśruṃ nā́rvāṇaṃ dʰánarcam || 5||











ní pastyā̀su tritá stabʰūyánpárivīto yónau sīdadantáḥ |
átaḥ saṃgṛ́bʰyā viśā́ṃ dámūnā vídʰarmaṇāyantraírīyate nṝ́n || 6||











asyā́járāso damā́marítrā arcáddʰūmāso agnáyaḥ pāvakā́ḥ |
śvitīcáyaḥ śvātrā́so bʰuraṇyávo vanarṣádo vāyávo ná sómāḥ || 7||











prá jihváyā bʰarate vépo agníḥ prá vayúnāni cétasā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
támāyávaḥ śucáyantaṃ pāvakáṃ mandráṃ hótāraṃ dadʰire yájiṣṭʰam || 8||











dyā́vā yámagníṃ pṛtʰivī́ jániṣṭāmā́pastváṣṭā bʰṛ́gavo yáṃ sáhobʰiḥ |
īḷényaṃ pratʰamáṃ mātaríśvā devā́statakṣurmánave yájatram || 9||











yáṃ tvā devā́ dadʰiré havyavā́haṃ puruspṛ́ho mā́nuṣāso yájatram |
sá yā́mannagne stuvaté váyo dʰāḥ prá devayányaśásaḥ sáṃ hí pūrvī́ḥ || 10||












Sūkta 10.47 

jagṛbʰmā́ te dákṣiṇamindra hástaṃ vasūyávo vasupate vásūnām |
vidmā́ hí tvā gópatiṃ śūra gónāmasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 1||



1.  jagṛbʰmavp·I·1p«√grabʰ tvamr2msg dakṣiṇajmsa indraNmsv hastanmsa  
    (vasunns-yujms)jmpn (vasunns-patinms)nmsv vasunnpg |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msa (gonfs-patinms)nmsa śūranmsv gonfpg  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



1.  We, seeking benefits, have grasped thy, O Indra, right hand,
    O overseer of benefits of the treasures!
    Since we have known thee as the master of evocative expressions¹, O agent of change,
    thou shall give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



svāyudʰáṃ svávasaṃ sunītʰáṃ cátuḥsamudraṃ dʰarúṇaṃ rayīṇā́m |
carkṛ́tyaṃ śáṃsyaṃ bʰū́rivāramasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 2||



2.  svāyudʰajmsa svavasjmsa sunītʰajmsa  
    (caturu-samudranms)jmsa dʰaruṇannsa rayinmpg |
    carkṛtyajmsa śaṃsyajmsa (bʰūria-vārajms)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



2.  [Since we have known thee as] wellarmed, affording good protection, guiding well,
    having-four-seas foundation of treasures,
    praiseworthy [and] to be mentioned with praise, much treasured one,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



subráhmāṇaṃ devávantaṃ bṛhántamurúṃ gabʰīráṃ pṛtʰúbudʰnamindra |
śrutáṛṣimugrámabʰimātiṣā́hamasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 3||



3.  subrahmanjmsa devavantjmsa bṛhatjmsa  
    urujmsa gabʰīrajmsa (pṛtʰujms-budʰnanms)jmsa indraNmsv |
    (śrutajms-ṛṣinms)jmsa ugrajmsa (abʰimātinfs-sahjfs)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



3.  [Since we have known thee as] well-[strengthening]-a-formulation, accompanied by deva-s,
    extensive, like-a-wide-space, deep, having-an-extensive-base,
    O Indra, [as] famed by seers, [as] ferocious, overcoming those who intend to hurt,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



sanádvājaṃ vípravīraṃ tárutraṃ dʰanaspṛ́taṃ śūśuvā́ṃsaṃ sudákṣam |
dasyuhánaṃ pūrbʰídamindra satyámasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 4||



4.  (sanatjms-vājanms)jmsa (viprajms-vīranms)nmsa tarutrajmsa  
    (dʰananns-spṛtjms)jmsa śūśuvaṃstp·Imsa«√śvi sudakṣajmsa |
    (dasnfs-yujms-hanjms)jmsa (purnfs-bʰidjms)nmsa indraNmsv satyajmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



4.  [Since we have known thee as] bestowing rush of vigour, [as one] whose heroes are inwardly-excited ones, [as] carrying across,
    [as] carrying-away-prizes, [as] swelled, [as] well-discerning,²
    [as] a slayer of the impulse to suffer want, as a breaker of strongholds, O Indra, [as being] real,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



áśvāvantaṃ ratʰínaṃ vīrávantaṃ sahasríṇaṃ śatínaṃ vā́jamindra |
bʰadrávrātaṃ vípravīraṃ svarṣā́masmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 5||



5.  aśvavantjmsa ratʰinnmsa vīravantjmsa  
    sahasrinjmsa śatinnmsa vājanmsa indraNmsv |
    (bʰadranns-vrātanms)jmsa (viprajms-vīranms)nmsa (svarnns-sājms)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



5.  [Since we have known thee as] rich in horses, rich in heroes charioteer ---
    [thou will give us] having hundred, having thousand [means of helping] rush of vigour, O Indra,
    [Since we have known thee as] one whose troop [brings] a good fortune, [as one] whose heroes are inwardly-excited ones, [as] gaining sva`r,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



prá saptágumṛtádʰītiṃ sumedʰā́ṃ bṛ́haspátiṃ matírácʰā jigāti |
yá āṅgirasó námasopasádyo'smábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 6||



6.  prap saptaguNmsa (ṛtanns-dʰītinfs)jmsa sumedʰasjmsa  
    bṛhaspatiNmsa matinfsn acʰāp jigātivp·A·3s«√gā |
    yasr3msn āṅgirasanmsn namasnnsi upasadyajmsn  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



6.  [Favor] having good intent Saptagu, whose visualizations [are] based on ṛta!
    Mental gesture advances towards Bṛhaspati,
    who, being one of aṅgiras-es, is to be approached respectfully, reverently.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



vánīvāno máma dūtā́sa índraṃ stómāścaranti sumatī́riyānā́ḥ |
hṛdispṛ́śo mánasā vacyámānā asmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 7||



7.  vanīvanjmpn ahamr1msg dūtanmpn indraNmsa  
    stomanmpn carantivp·A·3p«√car sumatinfpa iyānataIAmpn«√i |
    (hṛdnnsl-spṛśjms)jmpn manasnnsi vacyamānata·Ampn«√vañc  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



7.  Hymns of praise --- my demanding messengers ---
    repeatedly coming to effective mental gestures, roam about Indra ---
    [they are] poured forth, mentally touching-the-heart.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



yáttvā yā́mi daddʰí tánna indra bṛhántaṃ kṣáyamásamaṃ jánānām |
abʰí táddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ gṛṇītāmasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 8||



8.  yadr3nsa tvamr2msa yāmivp·A·1s«√yā daddʰivp·Ao2s«√dā tadr3nsa vayamr1mpd indraNmsv bṛhatjmsa kṣayanmsa asamajmsa jananmpg |
    abʰip tadr3nsa (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfdn gṛṇītāmvp·U·3d«√gṝ  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



8.  What I ask of thee, give that to us, O Indra,
    that spacious unequaled abode of the folks
    which the Heaven and the Earth welcomed propitiously.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.


1 lit. cows
2 this line is the same as 6.19.8b


Sūkta 10.48 

aháṃ bʰuvaṃ vásunaḥ pūrvyáspátiraháṃ dʰánāni sáṃ jayāmi śáśvataḥ |
mā́ṃ havante pitáraṃ ná jantávo'háṃ dāśúṣe ví bʰajāmi bʰójanam || 1||



1.  ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū vasunnsg pūrvyajmsn patinmsn  
    ahamr1msn samp jayāmivp·A·1s«√ji śaśvata |
    ahamr1msa havanteva·A·3p«√hū pitṛnmsa nac jantunmpn  
    ahamr1msn dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś vip bʰajāmivp·A·1s«√bʰaj bʰojanannsa 



1.  I shall become peerless overseer of what's beneficial;
    time and again I win completely.
    Creatures call upon me as if upon father.
    I apportion to a worshiper a source of pleasure.



ahámíndro ródʰo vákṣo átʰarvaṇastritā́ya gā́ ajanayamáherádʰi |
aháṃ dásyubʰyaḥ pári nṛmṇámā́ dade gotrā́ śíkṣandadʰīcé mātaríśvane || 2||



2.  ahamr1msn indraNmsn rodʰasnnsn vakṣasnnsn atʰarvannmsg  
    tritaNmsd gonfpa ajanayamvp·Aa1s«√jan ahinmsb adʰip |
    ahamr1msn (dasnfs-yujms)nmpb parip nṛmṇannsa āp dadeva·I·1s«√dā  
    gotrannpa śikṣanttpDAmsn«√śak dadʰyacNmsd mātariśvannmsd 



2.  I, Indra, [am] the mound, the breast[-plate] of atʰarvan ---
    from the presence of the snake I have manifested for Trita¹ evocative expressions².
    I have taken away from impulses to suffer want courage [and] ``cowsheds'' ---
    wishing to be effective for Dadʰyac, [and] for ``swelling in the mother'' one³.



máhyaṃ tváṣṭā vájramatakṣadāyasáṃ máyi devā́so'vṛjannápi krátum |
mámā́nīkaṃ sū́ryasyeva duṣṭáraṃ mā́mā́ryanti kṛténa kártvena ca || 3||



3.  ahamr1msd tvaṣṭṛNmsn vajranmsa atakṣatvp·Aa3s«√takṣ āyasajmsa  
    ahamr1msl devanmpn avṛjanvp·U·3p«√vṛj apia kratunmsa |
    ahamr1msg anīkannsn sūryanmsg ivac duṣṭarajnsn  
    ahamr1msa āryantivp·A·3p«√ār kṛtajnsi kartvajnsi cac 



3.  For me Tvaṣṭṛ fashioned iron thunderbolt,
    also, in me⁴ deva-s pull up the resourcefulness.
    My appearance --- as that of the sun --- [is] difficult to surpass.
    With what was and is to be done they raise me.



ahámetáṃ gavyáyamáśvyaṃ paśúṃ purīṣíṇaṃ sā́yakenā hiraṇyáyam |
purū́ sahásrā ní śiśāmi dāśúṣe yánmā sómāsa uktʰíno ámandiṣuḥ || 4||



4.  ahamr1msn etasr3msa gavyayajmsa aśvyajmsa paśunmsa  
    purīṣinnmsa sāyakajnsi hiraṇyayajmsa |
    purua sahasrau nip śiśāmivp·A·1s«√śo dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś  
    yadc ahamr1msa somanmpn uktʰinnmsg amandiṣurvp·U·3p«√mand 



4.  With what's intended I [raise] this coming-from-cows⁵ coming-from-horses⁶ beast ---
    preemptive enchanting [thunderbolt];
    for a worshiper I ``grind down'' many thousands ---
    when Soma drops of him who is uttering verses inflame me.



ahámíndro ná párā jigya íddʰánaṃ ná mṛtyávé'va tastʰe kádā caná |
sómamínmā sunvánto yācatā vásu ná me pūravaḥ sakʰyé riṣātʰana || 5||



5.  ahamr1msn indraNmsn nac parāa jigyeva·I·1s«√ji idc dʰanannsa  
    nac mṛtyunmsd avap tastʰeva·I·1s«√stʰā kadāc canac |
    somanmsa idc ahamr1msa sunvanttp·Ampn«√su yācatavp·AE2p«√yāc  
    nac ahamr1msg pūrunmpn sakʰyannsl riṣātʰanavp·Ae2p«√riṣ 



5.  I, Indra, have not been really deprived of spoils,
    I have never stood down for the death.
    Ye, pressing only Soma, shall ask me for the beneficial thing ---
    commoners, who are like-minded with me, would not be hurt.



ahámetā́ñcʰā́śvasato dvā́dvéndraṃ yé vájraṃ yudʰáyé'kṛṇvata |
āhváyamānām̐ áva hánmanāhanaṃ dṛḷhā́ vádannánamasyurnamasvínaḥ || 6||



6.  ahamr1msn etasr3mpa śāśvasatjmpa (dvau-dvau)a  
    indraNmsa yasr3mpn vajranmsa yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ |
    āhvayamānajmpa avap hanmannmsi ahanamvp·Aa1s«√han  
    dṛḷhannpa vadanttp·Amsn«√vad anamasyujmsn namasvinjmpa 



6.  I [brought together] these two-against-two heavy-breathing [men]
    who rendered Indra as a thunderbolt in order to fight.
    I fended off with a strike that keeps striking challenging [them demons],
    indicating [their] strongholds, [but] not-seeking-adoration, to [those who are] full-of-reverence.



abʰī̀dámékaméko asmi niṣṣā́ḷabʰī́ dvā́ kímu tráyaḥ karanti |
kʰále ná parṣā́npráti hanmi bʰū́ri kíṃ mā nindanti śátravo'nindrā́ḥ || 7||



7.  abʰip ayamr3nsa ekajnsa ekajmsn asmivp·A·1s«√as niṣṣāhjmsn  
    abʰip dvāu kimc uc triu karantivp·A·3p«√kṛ |
    kʰalanmsl nac parṣanmpa pratip hanmivp·A·1s«√han bʰūria  
    kimc ahamr1msa nindantivp·A·3p«√nid śatrunmpn anindrajmpn 



7.  Against this one⁷, one-on-one, I am overpowering ---
    and against two [too]. What even three [could] do?
    As if [striking] bundles on a threshing floor, I strike against [them] repeatedly.
    Do lacking-Indra enemies blame me?



aháṃ guṅgúbʰyo atitʰigvámíṣkaramíṣaṃ ná vṛtratúraṃ vikṣú dʰārayam |
yátparṇayagʰná utá vā karañjahé prā́háṃ mahé vṛtrahátye áśuśravi || 8||



8.  ahamr1msn guṅguNmpd atitʰigvaNmsa iṣkaramvp·A·1s«nis~√kṛ  
    iṣnfsa nac (vṛtranns-turjms)jmsa viśnfpl dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ |
    yadc (parṇayaNms-hanjms)nnsd utacc karañjahajmsl  
    prap ahamr1msn mahjfsd (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd aśuśravivp·U·1s«√śru 



8.  For guṅgu-s I prepared Atitʰigva.
    I shall maintain among clans contending with Vṛtra [treasure] as a refreshment.
    Also, I was listened to for extensive slaying of Vṛtra,
    when during striking Karañja [it was needed] to slay Parṇaya.



prá me námī sāpyá iṣé bʰujé bʰūdgávāméṣe sakʰyā́ kṛṇuta dvitā́ |
didyúṃ yádasya samitʰéṣu maṃháyamā́dídenaṃ śáṃsyamuktʰyàṃ karam || 9||



9.  prap ahamr1msg namīNmsn sāpyaNmsn iṣnfsd bʰujev···D··«√bʰuj bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    gonfpg eṣanmsl sakʰyannpa kṛṇutavp·AE3s«√kṛ dvitāa |
    didyunmsa yadc ayamr3msg samitʰanmpl maṃhayamvp·AE1s«√maṃh  
    ātc idc enamr3msa śaṃsyajmsa uktʰyajmsa karamvp·AE1s«√kṛ 



9.  Namī Sāpya should have become a master of my refreshment to make use [of it].
    Certainly, in going after cows, he shall effect partnerships.
    When I will bestow his lightning[-like missile] during hostile encounters,
    only after that I shall make him praiseworthy [and] to-be-praised.



prá némasmindadṛśe sómo antárgopā́ némamāvírastʰā́ kṛṇoti |
sá tigmáśṛṅgaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ yúyutsandruhástastʰau bahulé baddʰó antáḥ || 10||



10. prap nemajnsl dadṛśeva·I·3s«√dṛś somanmsn antara  
     (gonfs-pājms)nmsn nemajnsa āvisa astʰājnsa kṛṇotivp·A·3s«√kṛ |
     sasr3msn (tigmajms-śṛṅganns)jmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa yuyutsanttpDAmsn«√yudʰ  
     druhnmsg tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā bahulajmsl baddʰajmsn antara 



10. Soma has observed what's inside of not-this-one⁸;
    the guardian⁹ makes not-this-one manifestly unstable.
    He, who wishes to fight resembling a sharp-horned bull [Soma],
    has remained bounded midst numerous [obstacles] of the fiend.



ādityā́nāṃ vásūnāṃ rudríyāṇāṃ devó devā́nāṃ ná mināmi dʰā́ma |
té mā bʰadrā́ya śávase tatakṣuráparājitamástṛtamáṣāḷham || 11||



11. ādityaNmpg vasuNmpg rudriyaNmpg devanmsn devanmpg nac mināmivp·A·1s«√mī dʰāmannnsa |
     tasr3mpn ahamr1msa bʰadrajnsd śavasnnsd tatakṣurvp·I·3p«√takṣ (aparājms-jitajms)jmsa astṛtajmsa aṣāḷhajmsa 



11. [Though being] the deva of deva-s, I do not moderate
    the established order of Āditya-s, of Vasu-s, of Rudriya-s,
    [because] they have fashioned me for auspicious power to change
    [as] unconquered, undistracted, invincible.


1 prob. the throat cakra
2 lit. ``cows''
3 Agni --- on the basis of 3.29.11c
4 that is, in the state of Indra
5 coming from evocative expressions
6 coming from drops of Soma
7 Vṛtra
8 Vṛtra
9 Indra


Sūkta 10.49 

aháṃ dāṃ gṛṇaté pū́rvyaṃ vásvaháṃ bráhma kṛṇavaṃ máhyaṃ várdʰanam |
aháṃ bʰuvaṃ yájamānasya coditā́yajvanaḥ sākṣi víśvasminbʰáre || 1||



1.  ahamr1msn dāmvp·U·1s«√dā gṛṇanttp·Ampa«√gṝ pūrvyajnsa vasunnsa  
    ahamr1msn brahmannnsa kṛṇavamvp·AE1s«√kṛ ahamr1msd vardʰanajnsa |
    ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū yajamānatp·Amsg«√yaj coditṛnmsn  
    ayajvanjmsg sākṣiva·UE1s«√sah viśvajmsl bʰaranmsl 



1.  I bestowed upon extolling [me] peerless treasure,
    I shall create formulation that is strengthening to me.
    I shall become inciter of a sacrificer,
    in every battle I shall prevail over not-being-accompanied-by-a-sacrifice one.



mā́ṃ dʰuríndraṃ nā́ma devátā diváśca gmáścāpā́ṃ ca jantávaḥ |
aháṃ hárī vṛ́ṣaṇā vívratā ragʰū́ aháṃ vájraṃ śávase dʰṛṣṇvā́ dade || 2||



2.  ahamr1msa dʰurvp·UE3p«√dʰā indraNmsa nāmannnsa devatāa  
    dyunmsg cac kṣamnfsg apnfpg cac jantunmpn |
    ahamr1msn harijmda vṛṣannmda vivratajmda ragʰujmda  
    ahamr1msn vajranmsa śavasnnsd dʰṛṣṇua āp dadeva·I·1s«√dā 



2.  They placed me, [who is] called Indra, among deva-s ---
    creatures of the Heaven, of the Earth, and of waters.
    I [drove] two reluctant fleet tawny bulls,
    I have boldly taken --- for the sake of the power to change --- the thunderbolt.



ahámátkaṃ kaváye śiśnatʰaṃ hátʰairaháṃ kútsamāvamābʰírūtíbʰiḥ |
aháṃ śúṣṇasya śnátʰitā vádʰaryamaṃ ná yó rará ā́ryaṃ nā́ma dásyave || 3||



3.  ahamr1msn atkanmsa kavinmsd śiśnatʰamvp·UE1s«√śnatʰ hatʰanmpi  
    ahamr1msn kutsaNmsa āvamvp·Aa1s«√av ār3fpi ūtinfpi |
    ahamr1msn śuṣṇaNmsg śnatʰitṛnmsn vadʰarnnsa yamamvp·AE1s«√yam  
    nac yasr3msn rarevp·I·3s«√rā āryajmsa nāmannnsa (dasnfs-yujms)nmsd 



3.  I shall pierce with blows the armour [of the fiend]¹ --- for a gifted-with-insight one,
    I helped Kutsa with these side-effects.
    I, as a piercer of Śuṣṇa, will wield the destructive weapon,
    I, who has not granted to the impulse to suffer want the ``conducting upwards'' nature.



aháṃ pitéva vetasū́m̐rabʰíṣṭaye túgraṃ kútsāya smádibʰaṃ ca randʰayam |
aháṃ bʰuvaṃ yájamānasya rājáni prá yádbʰáre tújaye ná priyā́dʰṛ́ṣe || 4||



4.  ahamr1msn pitṛnmsn ivac vetasuNmpa abʰiṣṭinfsd  
    tugraNmsa kutsaNmsd smadibʰajmsa cac randʰayamvp·AE1s«√randʰ |
    ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū yajamānatp·Amsg«√yaj rājannmsl  
    prap yadc bʰareva·A·1s«√bʰṛ tujiNmsd nac priyajnpa ādʰṛṣev···D··«ā~√dʰṛṣ 



4.  I, in order to assist Vetasu-s like a father,
    shall make Tugra and having-domestics one subject to Kutsa.
    I shall devote myself to being the chieftain of the sacrificer.
    When I offer myself to Tuji, [it is] not to attack what's dear.



aháṃ randʰayaṃ mṛ́gayaṃ śrutárvaṇe yánmā́jihīta vayúnā canā́nuṣák |
aháṃ veśáṃ namrámāyáve'karamaháṃ sávyāya páḍgṛbʰimarandʰayam || 5||



5.  ahamr1msn randʰayamvpCAE1s«√randʰ mṛgayajmsa śrutarvannmsd  
    yadc ahamr1msa ajihītava·Aa3s«√hā vayunannpa canac ānuṣaka |
    ahamr1msn veśanmsa namrajmsa āyujmsd akaramvp·Aa1s«√kṛ  
    ahamr1msn savyajmsd paḍgṛbʰijmsa arandʰayamvpCAa1s«√rand 



5.  I shall cause a savage to become subject to him who has oral lore ---
    if he did betake himself time after time to me, not to [earthly] enticements.
    I made a settler submissive to an agitated [by me man].
    I caused him who [now] grasps feet to become subject to him who extracts [Soma juice].



aháṃ sá yó návavāstvaṃ bṛhádratʰaṃ sáṃ vṛtréva dā́saṃ vṛtrahā́rujam |
yádvardʰáyantaṃ pratʰáyantamānuṣágdūré pāré rájaso rocanā́karam || 6||



6.  ahamr1msn sasr3msn yasr3msn navavāstvaNmsa (bṛhatjms-ratʰanms)jmsa  
    samp vṛtrannpa ivac dāsanmsa (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn arujamvp·Aa1s«√ruj |
    yadc vardʰayanttpCA?sa«√vṛdʰ pratʰayanttpCAmsa«√pratʰ ānuṣaka  
    dūrannsl pārannsl rajasnnsg rocanajnpa akaramvp·Aa1s«√kṛ 



6.  I, he, who [has given] having-wide-chariot Navavāstva [to a mighty father as his own descendant]²,
    I, the Vṛtra-slayer, shattered the savage like [other] obstacles.
    When [I made] strengthening [me Soma] to cause [me] to spread uninterruptedly,
    at the extreme shore of darkening emotion I created luminous spheres.



aháṃ sū́ryasya pári yāmyāśúbʰiḥ praítaśébʰirváhamāna ójasā |
yánmā sāvó mánuṣa ā́ha nirṇíja ṛ́dʰakkṛṣe dā́saṃ kṛ́tvyaṃ hátʰaiḥ || 7||



7.  ahamr1msn sūryanmsg parip yāmivp·A·1s«√yā āśujmpi  
    prap etaśajmpi vahamānatp·Amsn«√vah ojasnnsi |
    yadc ahamr1msa sāvanmsn manusnmsg āhavp·I·3s«√ah nirṇijev···D··«nis~√nij  
    ṛdʰaka kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ dāsanmsa kṛtvyajmsa hatʰanmpi 



7.  I journey around vigorously conveying myself forth
    by means of moving quickly flickering [inner fires] of the sun³.
    When man's Soma libation has acknowledged me as to be cleansed,
    with blows thou make the efficacious savage separate [from thyself].



aháṃ saptahā́ náhuṣo náhuṣṭaraḥ prā́śrāvayaṃ śávasā turváśaṃ yádum |
aháṃ nyànyáṃ sáhasā sáhaskaraṃ náva vrā́dʰato navatíṃ ca vakṣayam || 8||



8.  ahamr1msn (saptau-hanjms)jmsn nahusnmsb nahuṣṭarajmsn  
    prap aśravayamvpCAa1s«√śru śavasnnsi turvaśaNmsa yaduNmsa |
    ahamr1msn nip anyajnsa sahasnnsb sahasnnsa karamvp·AE1s«√kṛ  
    navau vrādʰantjmpa navatiu cac vakṣayamvpCAE1s«√vakṣ 



8.  I, nearer than fellow[-fighter], am the slayer of the seven.
    With the power to change I made Turvaśa [and] Yadu famous.
    I shall bring down [any] other overwhelming force,
    I shall make ninety nine reinforcing ones to become [even] stronger.



aháṃ saptá sraváto dʰārayaṃ vṛ́ṣā dravitnvàḥ pṛtʰivyā́ṃ sīrā́ ádʰi |
ahámárṇāṃsi ví tirāmi sukráturyudʰā́ vidaṃ mánave gātúmiṣṭáye || 9||



9.  ahamr1msn saptau sravatjfpa dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ vṛṣannmsn  
    dravitnujfpa pṛtʰivīnfsl sīrānfpa adʰip |
    ahamr1msn arṇasnnpa vip tirāmivp·A·1s«√tṝ sukratujmsn  
    yudʰnfsi vidamvp·AE1s«√vid manunmsd gātunmsa iṣṭinfsd 



9.  I, the bull, shall cause the seven streaming [waters]
    to maintain over the Earth good-at-bringing-fast runnels.
    I, having good designs, pass through the floods.
    I shall find for an intelligent man an unimpeded by means of fighting way to [what he is] endeavouring to obtain.



aháṃ tádāsu dʰārayaṃ yádāsu ná deváścaná tváṣṭā́dʰārayadrúśat |
spārháṃ gávāmū́dʰassu vakṣáṇāsvā́ mádʰormádʰu śvā́tryaṃ sómamāśíram || 10||



10. ahamr1msn tadr3nsa ayamr3fpl dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ yadr3nsa ayamr3fpl nac  
     devanmsn canac tvaṣṭṛNmsn adʰārayatvpCAa3s«√dʰṛ ruśatjmsn |
     spārhajnsa gonfpg ūdʰarnnpl vakṣaṇajnpl āp  
     madʰunnsg madʰunnsa śvātryajmsa somanmsa āśirnfsa 



10. I shall cause that to be maintained in those [waters] 
    what not even hurting deva Tvaṣṭṛ did cause to be maintained in them ---
    desirable in nourishing udders of cows [milk],
    the honey of what's sweet, invigorating Soma --- the mixture.
------



evā́ devā́m̐ índro vivye nṝ́nprá cyautnéna magʰávā satyárādʰāḥ |
víśvéttā́ te harivaḥ śacīvo'bʰí turā́saḥ svayaśo gṛṇanti || 11||



11. evac devanmpa indraNmsn vivyeva·I·3s«√vye nṛnmpa  
     prap cyautnannsi magʰavanjmsn (satyajms-rādʰasnns)jmsn |
     viśvajnpa idc tadr3npa tvamr2msg harivantnmsv śacīvatjmsv  
     abʰip turajmpn svayaśasjmsv gṛṇantivp·A·3p«√gṝ 



11. Just so Indra has enveloped [with enticements] deva-s, men,
    [rousing them] with [this] contrivance --- [he,] the generous one whose satisfaction of one's desire is real.
    Just all those thy [deeds], O accompanied by enabling powers, by tawny ones one,
    prompt ones approve [thy side-effects], O worthy-by-thyself one!


1 on the basis of 8.70.10d
2 on the basis of 6.20.11cd
3 maṇipūra cakra


Sūkta 10.50 

prá vo mahé mándamānāyā́ndʰasó'rcā viśvā́narāya viśvābʰúve |
índrasya yásya súmakʰaṃ sáho máhi śrávo nṛmṇáṃ ca ródasī saparyátaḥ || 1||



1.  prap tvamr2mpg mahjmsd mandamānata·Amsd«√mand andʰasnnsb  
    arcavp·Ao2s«√arc (viśvajms-nṛnmp)jmsd (viśvanns-bʰūjms)jmsd |
    indraNmsg yasr3msg sumakʰannsa sahasnnsa mahijnsa śravasnnsa nṛmṇannsa cac rodasnndn saparytasvp·A·3d«√sapary 



1.  Do thou by means of speech illuminate to becoming exhilarated from the herb
    to belonging-to-every-man, to being-everywhere one,
    good fighting spirit, ample overwhelming force, fame,
    and the courage two Rodas-es attend to --- of one of you, who is Indra's!



só cinnú sákʰyā nárya iná stutáścarkṛ́tya índro mā́vate náre |
víśvāsu dʰūrṣú vājakṛ́tyeṣu satpate vṛtré vāpsvàbʰí śūra mandase || 2||



2.  sasr3msn cidc nuc sakʰinmsi naryajmsn inajmsn stutajmsn carkṛtyajmsn indraNmsn māvatjmsd nṛnmsd |
    viśvājfpl dʰurnfpl (vājanms-kṛtyajms)jnpl (satnns-patinms)jmsv  
    vṛtrannslc apnfpl abʰip śūranmsv mandaseva·A·2s«√mand 



2.  Just such indeed --- manly, invigorating --- 
    Indra [is] eulogized, mentioned with praise by a friend to a man like me.
    Thou, O overseer of what's real, delight in every burden, in anything [that is] to be borne using the rush of vigour,
    [thou enjoy] the presence of Vṛtra or of waters, O agent of change!



ké té nára indra yé ta iṣé yé te sumnáṃ sadʰanyàmíyakṣān |
ké te vā́jāyāsuryā̀ya hinvire ké apsú svā́sūrvárāsu paúṃsye || 3||



3.  kasr3mpn tasr3mpn nṛnmpn indraNmsv yasr3mpn tvamr2msd iṣnfsd  
    yasr3mpn tvamr2msd sumnajmsa sadʰanīnmsa iyakṣānvp·Ae3p«√yaj |
    kasr3mpn tvamr2msg vājajnsd asuryannsd hinvireva·I·3p«√hi  
    kasr3mpn apnfpl svājfpl urvarājfpl pauṃsyannsl 



3.  Which men are such, O Indra, who for the sake of a libation to thee
    would seek to consecrate to thee a benevolent fellow?
    Which [men] have impelled themselves for the sake of thy energetic guidance?
    Which [men have impelled themselves] to a manly deed in the presence of waters [and] fertile lands?
------



bʰúvastvámindra bráhmaṇā mahā́nbʰúvo víśveṣu sávaneṣu yajñíyaḥ |
bʰúvo nṝ́m̐ścyautnó víśvasminbʰáre jyéṣṭʰaśca mántro viśvacarṣaṇe || 4||



4.  bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū tvamr2msn indraNmsv brahmannnsi mahatjmsn  
    bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū viśvajnpl savanannpl yajñiyajmsn |
    bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū nṛnmpa cyautnajmsn viśvajmsl bʰaranmsl  
    jyeṣṭʰajmsn cac mantranmsn (viśvanns-carṣaṇinfs)jmsv 



4.  By means of a formulation thou shall become extensive,
    at every pressing [of Soma] thou shall become worthy-of-a-sacrifice.
    In every battle thou shall become shaker of men
    and [become] the most excellent counsel, O drawing everyone towards thyself!



ávā nú kaṃ jyā́yānyajñávanaso mahī́ṃ ta ómātrāṃ kṛṣṭáyo viduḥ |
áso nú kamajáro várdʰāśca víśvédetā́ sávanā tūtumā́ kṛṣe || 5||



5.  avavp·Ao2s«√av nuc kamc jyāyasjmsn (yajñanms-vanasnns)jmpa  
    mahījfsa tvamr2msg omātrānfsa kṛṣṭinfpn vidurvp·I·3p«√vid |
    asasvp·AE2s«√as nuc kamc ajarajmsn vardʰāsvp·Ae2s«√vṛdʰ cac  
    viśvajnpa idc etadr3npa savanannpa tūtumajnpa kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ 



5.  Right now, do thou, superior, help those who desire to sacrifice!
    Tribes have experienced thy mighty protection.
    Thou shall be right now undecaying and would strengthen [us] ---
    [for] thou cause all these pressings [to be] powerful.



etā́ víśvā sávanā tūtumā́ kṛṣe svayáṃ sūno sahaso yā́ni dadʰiṣé |
várāya te pā́traṃ dʰármaṇe tánā yajñó mántro bráhmódyataṃ vácaḥ || 6||



6.  etadr3npa viśvajnpa savanannpa tūtumajnpa kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ  
    svayama sūnunmsv sahasnnsg yadr3npa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā |
    varanmsd tvamr2msd pātrannsn dʰarmannnsd tannfsi  
    yajñanmsn mantranmsn brahmannnsn udyatajnsn vacasnnsn 



6.  Thou cause all these pressings, which thou, O inciter of overwhelming strength,
    have obtained for thyself, [to be] powerful.
    For thee to choose one after another [are]: a goblet¹ for holding [thy Soma],
    a sacrifice, a spell, an exercised formulation, an utterance².



yé te vipra brahmakṛ́taḥ suté sácā vásūnāṃ ca vásunaśca dāváne |
prá té sumnásya mánasā patʰā́ bʰuvanmáde sutásya somyásyā́ndʰasaḥ || 7||



7.  yasr3mpn tvamr2msd viprajmsv (brahmannns-kṛtjms)jmpn sutajmsl sacāa  
    vasunnpg cac vasunnsg cac dāvannnsd |
    prap tasr3mpn sumnannsg manasnnsi patʰinnnsi bʰuvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū  
    madanmsl sutajmsg somanmsg andʰasnnsb 



7.  Those, who [are] performing a formulation for thee, O inwardly excited one, 
    in the presence of extracted [Soma] in order to receive riches and the treasure,
    in exhilaration of extracted from the herb Soma,
    through the pathway of benevolence in thought, they shall become preeminent.


1 prob. a particular cakra
2 which will become auditory impression


Sūkta 10.51 

maháttádúlbaṃ stʰáviraṃ tádāsīdyénā́viṣṭitaḥ pravivéśitʰāpáḥ |
víśvā apaśyadbahudʰā́ te agne jā́tavedastanvò devá ékaḥ || 1||











kó mā dadarśa katamáḥ sá devó yó me tanvò bahudʰā́ paryápaśyat |
kvā́ha mitrāvaruṇā kṣiyantyagnérvíśvāḥ samídʰo devayā́nīḥ || 2||











aícʰāma tvā bahudʰā́ jātavedaḥ práviṣṭamagne apsvóṣadʰīṣu |
táṃ tvā yamó acikeccitrabʰāno daśāntaruṣyā́datirócamānam || 3||











hotrā́daháṃ varuṇa bíbʰyadāyaṃ nédevá mā yunájannátra devā́ḥ |
tásya me tanvò bahudʰā́ níviṣṭā etámártʰaṃ ná ciketāhámagníḥ || 4||











éhi mánurdevayúryajñákāmo'raṃkṛ́tyā támasi kṣeṣyagne |
sugā́npatʰáḥ kṛṇuhi devayā́nānváha havyā́ni sumanasyámānaḥ || 5||











agnéḥ pū́rve bʰrā́taro ártʰametáṃ ratʰī́vā́dʰvānamánvā́varīvuḥ |
tásmādbʰiyā́ varuṇa dūrámāyaṃ gauró ná kṣepnóravije jyā́yāḥ || 6||











kurmásta ā́yurajáraṃ yádagne yátʰā yuktó jātavedo ná ríṣyāḥ |
átʰā vahāsi sumanasyámāno bʰāgáṃ devébʰyo havíṣaḥ sujāta || 7||











prayājā́nme anuyājā́m̐śca kévalānū́rjasvantaṃ havíṣo datta bʰāgám |
gʰṛtáṃ cāpā́ṃ púruṣaṃ caúṣadʰīnāmagnéśca dīrgʰámā́yurastu devāḥ || 8||











táva prayājā́ anuyājā́śca kévala ū́rjasvanto havíṣaḥ santu bʰāgā́ḥ |
távāgne yajñò'yámastu sárvastúbʰyaṃ namantāṃ pradíśaścátasraḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.52 

víśve devāḥ śāstána mā yátʰehá hótā vṛtó manávai yánniṣádya |
prá me brūta bʰāgadʰéyaṃ yátʰā vo yéna patʰā́ havyámā́ vo váhāni || 1||











aháṃ hótā nyàsīdaṃ yájīyānvíśve devā́ marúto mā junanti |
áharaharaśvinā́dʰvaryavaṃ vāṃ brahmā́ samídbʰavati sā́hutirvām || 2||











ayáṃ yó hótā kíru sá yamásya kámápyūhe yátsamañjánti devā́ḥ |
áharaharjāyate māsímāsyátʰā devā́ dadʰire havyavā́ham || 3||











mā́ṃ devā́ dadʰire havyavā́hamápamluktaṃ bahú kṛcʰrā́ cárantam |
agnírvidvā́nyajñáṃ naḥ kalpayāti páñcayāmaṃ trivṛ́taṃ saptátantum || 4||











ā́ vo yakṣyamṛtatváṃ suvī́raṃ yátʰā vo devā várivaḥ kárāṇi |
ā́ bāhvórvájramíndrasya dʰeyāmátʰemā́ víśvāḥ pṛ́tanā jayāti || 5||











trī́ṇi śatā́ trī́ sahásrāṇyagníṃ triṃśácca devā́ náva cāsaparyan |
aúkṣangʰṛtaírástṛṇanbarhírasmā ā́díddʰótāraṃ nyàsādayanta || 6||












Sūkta 10.53 

yámaícʰāma mánasā sò'yámā́gādyajñásya vidvā́npáruṣaścikitvā́n |
sá no yakṣaddevátātā yájīyānní hí ṣátsadántaraḥ pū́rvo asmát || 1||











árādʰi hótā niṣádā yájīyānabʰí práyāṃsi súdʰitāni hí kʰyát |
yájāmahai yajñíyānhánta devā́m̐ ī́ḷāmahā ī́ḍyām̐ ā́jyena || 2||











sādʰvī́makardevávītiṃ no adyá yajñásya jihvā́mavidāma gúhyām |
sá ā́yurā́gātsurabʰírvásāno bʰadrā́makardeváhūtiṃ no adyá || 3||











tádadyá vācáḥ pratʰamáṃ masīya yénā́surām̐ abʰí devā́ ásāma |
ū́rjāda utá yajñiyāsaḥ páñca janā máma hotráṃ juṣadʰvam || 4||











páñca jánā máma hotráṃ juṣantāṃ gójātā utá yé yajñíyāsaḥ |
pṛtʰivī́ naḥ pā́rtʰivātpātváṃhaso'ntárikṣaṃ divyā́tpātvasmā́n || 5||











tántuṃ tanvánrájaso bʰānúmánvihi jyótiṣmataḥ patʰó rakṣa dʰiyā́ kṛtā́n |
anulbaṇáṃ vayata jóguvāmápo mánurbʰava janáyā daívyaṃ jánam || 6||











akṣānáho nahyatanotá somyā íṣkṛṇudʰvaṃ raśanā́ ótá piṃśata |
aṣṭā́vandʰuraṃ vahatābʰíto rátʰaṃ yéna devā́so ánayannabʰí priyám || 7||











áśmanvatī rīyate sáṃ rabʰadʰvamúttiṣṭʰata prá taratā sakʰāyaḥ |
átrā jahāma yé ásannáśevāḥ śivā́nvayámúttaremābʰí vā́jān || 8||











tváṣṭā māyā́ vedapásāmapástamo bíbʰratpā́trā devapā́nāni śáṃtamā |
śíśīte nūnáṃ paraśúṃ svāyasáṃ yéna vṛścā́détaśo bráhmaṇaspátiḥ || 9||











sató nūnáṃ kavayaḥ sáṃ śiśīta vā́śībʰiryā́bʰiramṛ́tāya tákṣatʰa |
vidvā́ṃsaḥ padā́ gúhyāni kartana yéna devā́so amṛtatvámānaśúḥ || 10||











gárbʰe yóṣāmádadʰurvatsámāsányapīcyèna mánasotá jihváyā |
sá viśvā́hā sumánā yogyā́ abʰí siṣāsánirvanate kārá íjjítim || 11||












Sūkta 10.54 

tā́ṃ sú te kīrtíṃ magʰavanmahitvā́ yáttvā bʰīté ródasī áhvayetām |
prā́vo devā́m̐ ā́tiro dā́samójaḥ prajā́yai tvasyai yádáśikṣa indra || 1||



1.  tār3fsa sua tvamr2msg kīrtinfsa magʰavanjmsv mahitvānfsi  
    yadc tvamr2msa bʰītajndn rodasnnda ahvayetāmva·Aa3d«√hve |
    prap āvasvp·Aa2s«√av devanmpa āp atirasvp·Aa2s«√tṝ dāsajnsa ojasnnsa  
    prajānfsd tvajfsd yadc aśikṣasvp·Aa2s«√śikṣ indraNmsv 



1.  Such really [is] thy, O generous one, renown because of [thy] power to increase in size,
    that both frightened Rodas-es summoned thee.
    Thou promoted deva-s, thou overcame savage frenzy
    when thou, O Indra, were eager to help other family,



yádácarastanvā̀ vāvṛdʰānó bálānīndra prabruvāṇó jáneṣu |
māyétsā́ te yā́ni yuddʰā́nyāhúrnā́dyá śátruṃ nanú purā́ vivitse || 2||



2.  yadc acarasvp·Aa2s«√car tanūnfsi vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ  
    balannpa indraNmsv prabruvāṇata·Amsn«pra~√brū jananmpl |
    māyānfsn idcr3fsn tvamr2msg yadr3npa yuddʰajnpa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah  
    nac adyaa śatrunmsa nanua purāa vivitsevaDA·2s«√vid 



2.  when thou roamed throughout the body, having become stronger,
    indicating strengths in folks, O Indra!
    They say those [encounters] which were battled out [are] just such a sorcery!
    Not nowadays, certainly not before thou seek to find an enemy.



ká u nú te mahimánaḥ samasyāsmátpū́rva ṛ́ṣayó'ntamāpuḥ |
yánmātáraṃ ca pitáraṃ ca sākámájanayatʰāstanvàḥ svā́yāḥ || 3||



3.  kasr3mpn uc nuc tvamr2msg mahimannmsg samajmsg vayamr1mpb pūrvajmpn ṛṣinmpn antanmsa āpurvp·UE3p«√āp |
    yadc mātṛnfsa cac pitṛnmsa cac sākama ajanayatʰāsvaCA·2s«√jan tanūnfsb svājfsb 



3.  Which seers before us have surely reached
    [that] limit of thy regular power to increase in size
    when thou made the mother and the father together
    to manifest [thee] from their own body?



catvā́ri te asuryā̀ṇi nā́mā́dābʰyāni mahiṣásya santi |
tvámaṅgá tā́ni víśvāni vitse yébʰiḥ kármāṇi magʰavañcakártʰa || 4||



4.  caturu tvamr2msg asuryannpa nāmannnsa adābʰyajnpn mahiṣanmsg santivp·A·3p«√as |
    tvamr2msn aṅgac tadr3npa viśvajnpa vitseva·I·2s«√vid  
    yadr3npi karmannnpa magʰavanjmsv cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ 



4.  Four of thy so-called guiding aspects, not to-be-trifled-with,
    are those of a buffalo.
    Thou certainly know all those
    with which you performed [thy] deeds, O generous one!



tváṃ víśvā dadʰiṣe kévalāni yā́nyāvíryā́ ca gúhā vásūni |
kā́mamínme magʰavanmā́ ví tārīstvámājñātā́ tvámindrāsi dātā́ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn viśvajnpa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā kevalajnpa  
    yadr3npa āvisa yadr3npn cac guhāa vasunnpn |
    kāmanmsa idc ahamr1msg magʰavanjmsvc vip tārīsvp·U·2s«√tṝ  
    tvamr2msn ājñātṛnmsn tvamr2msn indraNmsv asivp·A·2s«√as dātṛnmsn 



5.  Thou have obtained all separate benefits --- 
    [those] which [are] before one's eyes, [those] which are hidden.
    Just do not frustrate my longing, O generous one,
    thou will understand, thou, O Indra, will be the grantor [of its satisfaction]



yó ádadʰājjyótiṣi jyótirantáryó ásṛjanmádʰunā sáṃ mádʰūni |
ádʰa priyáṃ śūṣámíndrāya mánma brahmakṛ́to bṛháduktʰādavāci || 6||



6.  yasr3msn adadʰātvp·Aa3s«√dʰā jyotisnnsl jyotisnnsa antara  
    yasr3msn asṛjatvp·Aa3s«√sṛj madʰunnsi samp madʰunnpa |
    adʰac priyajnsa śūṣajnsa indraNmsd manmannnsa  
    (brahmannns-kṛtjms)jmsb bṛhaduktʰaNmsb avācivp·U·3s«√vac 



6.  [to me,] who did place the light into the light¹,
    who mixed sweets² with the honey³.
    Therefore, dear to Indra highspirited manic thought
    was uttered from [the lips of] performing a formulation Bṛhaduktʰa.


1 golden halo around objects seen even in bright daylight
2 prob. sweet words
3 Soma


Sūkta 10.55 

dūré tánnā́ma gúhyaṃ parācaíryáttvā bʰīté áhvayetāṃ vayodʰaí |
údastabʰnāḥ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mabʰī́ke bʰrā́tuḥ putrā́nmagʰavantitviṣāṇáḥ || 1||



1.  dūrannsl tadr3nsn nāmannnsn guhyajnsn paracaisa  
    yadc tvamr2msa bʰītajndn ahvayetāmva·Aa3d«√hve (vayasnns-dʰājfs)nfsd |
    udp astʰabʰnāsvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ pṛtʰivīnfsa dyunmsa abʰīkannsl  
    bʰrātṛnmsg putranmpa magʰavanjmsv titviṣāṇata·Imsn«√tviṣ 



1.  That [thy] kept-secret nature [was] far away [from being readily accessible],
    when both frightened [Rodas-es]¹ summoned thee to bestow mental and bodily vigour.
    In an adversity thou propped up the Earth [and] the Heaven
    having violently agitated brother's² sons³.



maháttánnā́ma gúhyaṃ puruspṛ́gyéna bʰūtáṃ janáyo yéna bʰávyam |
pratnáṃ jātáṃ jyótiryádasya priyáṃ priyā́ḥ sámaviśanta páñca || 2||



2.  mahatjnsa tadr3nsa nāmannnsa guhyajnsa (purujms-spṛhjms)jnsa  
    yadr3nsi bʰūtajnsa janayasvp·AE2s«√jan yasr3nsi bʰavyajnsa |
    pratnajnsa jātajnsa jyotisnnsa yadr3nsn ayamr3nsg  
    priyajnsa priyajfpn samp aviśantavp·Aa3p«√viś pañcau 



2.  That extensive kept-secret nature, eagerly desired by many,
    with which thou shall produce present, with which future [abilities] ---
    preceding [thee] produced light that is of that [nature] ---
    the five favorite [senses] entered together into [it] --- the desired [light].



ā́ ródasī apṛṇādótá mádʰyaṃ páñca devā́m̐ ṛtuśáḥ saptásapta |
cátustriṃśatā purudʰā́ ví caṣṭe sárūpeṇa jyótiṣā vívratena || 3||



3.  āp rodasnnda apṛṇātvp·Aa3s«√pṝ āp utac madʰyajnsa  
    pañcau devanmpa ṛtuśasa (saptau-saptau)a |
    catustrimśatu (purua-dʰājms)a vip caṣṭeva·A·3s«√cakṣ  
    sarūpajnsi jyotisnnsi vivratajnsi 



3.  It has filled the two Rodas-es and the middle [space],
    five [senses entered into] deva-s at each of the seven [abodes] at the proper time.
    Using thirty four [consonants]⁴ with uniform [but] refractory light
    one makes manifest [everything in both Rodas-es].
------



yáduṣa aúcʰaḥ pratʰamā́ vibʰā́nāmájanayo yéna puṣṭásya puṣṭám |
yátte jāmitvámávaraṃ párasyā mahánmahatyā́ asuratvámékam || 4||



4.  yadr3nsa uṣasnfsv aucʰasvp·Aa2s«√vas pratʰamājfsn vibʰānfpg  
    ajanayasvp·Aa2s«√jan yasr3nsi puṣṭajnsg puṣṭajnsa |
    yadc tvamr2msg jāmitvannsn avarajnsn parājfsg  
    mahatjnsn mahantjfsb asuratvannsn ekajnsn 



4.  That, which thou, O Dawn, [being] the primary of those that [will] appear, shined [forth],
    [that,] with which thou begot the increase of that which increased,
    that thy consanguinity [is] less intimate [than that] of a future [Dawn] ---
    greater than that of a great one, one of a kind is [such] spiritual guidance.



vidʰúṃ dadrāṇáṃ sámane bahūnā́ṃ yúvānaṃ sántaṃ palitó jagāra |
devásya paśya kā́vyaṃ mahitvā́dyā́ mamā́ra sá hyáḥ sámāna || 5||



5.  vidʰujmsa dadrāṇata·Imsa«√drā samanannsl bahujmpg  
    yuvannmsa santtp·Amsa«√as palitajmsn jagāravp·I·3s«√jāgṛ |
    devanmsg paśyavp·Ao2s«√paś kāvyannsa mahitvānfsi  
    adyaa mamāravp·I·3s«√mṛ sasr3msn hyasa samp ānavp·I·3s«√an 



5.  The gray one has [finally] awakened the young,
    lonely, running hither and thither in an assembly one.
    Through [his] power to expand, experience directly deva's poetic inspiration!
    ``Today he has died, yesterday he did breath together [with others]⁵.''
------



śā́kmanā śākó aruṇáḥ suparṇá ā́ yó maháḥ śū́raḥ sanā́dánīḷaḥ |
yáccikéta satyámíttánná mógʰaṃ vásu spārhámutá jétotá dā́tā || 6||



6.  śākmannmsi śākanmsn aruṇajmsn suparṇajmsn  
    āp yasr3msn mahajmsn śūranmsn sanāta anīḷajmsn |
    yadr3nsa ciketavp·I·3s«√cit satyajnsa idc tadr3nsn nac mogʰajnsn  
    vasunnsa spārhajnsa utac jetṛnmsn utac dātṛnmsn 



6.  Helpful by enabling, giving a chance to move upwards, having beautiful wings⁶,
    [he,] who [is] a mighty agent of change, [is] forever without a nest.
    What he considers as what's-to-be that is not in vain,
    he will conquer and grant the desirable treasure.



aíbʰirdade vṛ́ṣṇyā paúṃsyāni yébʰiraúkṣadvṛtrahátyāya vajrī́ |
yé kármaṇaḥ kriyámāṇasya mahná ṛtekarmámudájāyanta devā́ḥ || 7||



7.  āp ayamr3mpi dadeva·I·3s«√dā vṛṣṇyannpa pauṃsyannpa  
    yasr3mpi aukṣatvp·Aa3s«√ukṣ (vṛtranns-hatyanns)nnsd vajrinnmsn |
    yasr3mpn karmannnsg kriyamāṇatp·Ansg«√kṛ mahannnsi  
    (ṛtannsl-karmannns)a udajāyantavp·Aa3p«ud~√jan devanmpn 



7.  One has given to himself manly full-of-vigour powers by means of these [spark-like deva-s] 
    with which thunderbolt-wielder sprinkles [one's mind] in order to kill Vṛtra ---
    which deva-s did emerge without any action [on their part]
    through the might of being-performed action.



yujā́ kármāṇi janáyanviśvaújā aśastihā́ viśvámanāsturāṣā́ṭ |
pītvī́ sómasya divá ā́ vṛdʰānáḥ śū́ro níryudʰā́dʰamaddásyūn || 8||



8.  yujnmsi karmannnpa janayanttp·Amsn«√jan (viśvajns-ojasnns)jmsn (aśastinfs-hanjns)jmsn (viśvanns-manasnns)jmsn turāṣāhjmsn |
    pītvītp·A???«√pā somanmsg dyunmsb āp vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ  
    śūranmsn nisp yudʰnfsi adʰamatvp·Aa3s«√dʰam (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa 



8.  [He,] engendering actions by means of harnessing [two tawny ones], invigorating everything,
    destroying curses, [he,] who imagined it all, [he, who is] prevailing quickly,
    drinking Soma from the Heaven, having become stronger,
    he, the agent of change, did blow out by means of fighting impulses to suffer want.


1 on the basis of 10.54.1b
2 inner Agni --- on the basis of 6.59.2cd
3 prob. Marut-s --- see 3.31.3ab
4 prob. somewhat similar to tantric practice of mātrika nyāsa
5 ``to breath together'' sam an is a word play on ``assembly'' = samana
6 = two petals of ājñā cakra


Sūkta 10.56 

idáṃ ta ékaṃ pará ū ta ékaṃ tṛtī́yena jyótiṣā sáṃ viśasva |
saṃvéśane tanvàścā́ruredʰi priyó devā́nāṃ paramé janítre || 1||











tanū́ṣṭe vājintanvàṃ nayantī vāmámasmábʰyaṃ dʰā́tu śárma túbʰyam |
áhruto mahó dʰarúṇāya devā́ndivī̀va jyótiḥ svámā́ mimīyāḥ || 2||











vājyàsi vā́jinenā suvenī́ḥ suvitá stómaṃ suvitó dívaṃ gāḥ |
suvitó dʰárma pratʰamā́nu satyā́ suvitó devā́nsuvitó'nu pátma || 3||











mahimná eṣāṃ pitáraścanéśire devā́ devéṣvadadʰurápi krátum |
sámavivyacurutá yā́nyátviṣuraíṣāṃ tanū́ṣu ní viviśuḥ púnaḥ || 4||











sáhobʰirvíśvaṃ pári cakramū rájaḥ pū́rvā dʰā́mānyámitā mímānāḥ |
tanū́ṣu víśvā bʰúvanā ní yemire prā́sārayanta purudʰá prajā́ ánu || 5||











dvídʰā sūnávó'suraṃ svarvídamā́stʰāpayanta tṛtī́yena kármaṇā |
svā́ṃ prajā́ṃ pitáraḥ pítryaṃ sáha ā́vareṣvadadʰustántumā́tatam || 6||











nāvā́ ná kṣódaḥ pradíśaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ svastíbʰiráti durgā́ṇi víśvā |
svā́ṃ prajā́ṃ bṛháduktʰo mahitvā́vareṣvadadʰādā́ páreṣu || 7||












Sūkta 10.57 

mā́ prá gāma patʰó vayáṃ mā́ yajñā́dindra somínaḥ |
mā́ntá stʰurno árātayaḥ || 1||











yó yajñásya prasā́dʰanastánturdevéṣvā́tataḥ |
támā́hutaṃ naśīmahi || 2||











máno nvā́ huvāmahe nārāśaṃséna sómena |
pitṝṇā́ṃ ca mánmabʰiḥ || 3||











ā́ ta etu mánaḥ púnaḥ krátve dákṣāya jīváse |
jyókca sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 4||











púnarnaḥ pitaro máno dádātu daívyo jánaḥ |
jīváṃ vrā́taṃ sacemahi || 5||











vayáṃ soma vraté táva mánastanū́ṣu bíbʰrataḥ |
prajā́vantaḥ sacemahi || 6||












Sūkta 10.58 

yátte yamáṃ vaivasvatáṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 1||











yátte dívaṃ yátpṛtʰivī́ṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 2||











yátte bʰū́miṃ cáturbʰṛṣṭiṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 3||











yátte cátasraḥ pradíśo máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 4||











yátte samudrámarṇaváṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 5||











yátte márīcīḥ praváto máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 6||











yátte apó yádóṣadʰīrmáno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 7||











yátte sū́ryaṃ yáduṣásaṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 8||











yátte párvatānbṛható máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 9||











yátte víśvamidáṃ jáganmáno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 10||











yátte párāḥ parāváto máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 11||











yátte bʰūtáṃ ca bʰávyaṃ ca máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 12||












Sūkta 10.59 

prá tāryā́yuḥ prataráṃ návīya stʰā́tāreva krátumatā rátʰasya |
ádʰa cyávāna úttavītyártʰaṃ parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 1||











sā́mannú rāyé nidʰimánnvánnaṃ kárāmahe sú purudʰá śrávāṃsi |
tā́ no víśvāni jaritā́ mamattu parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 2||











abʰī́ ṣvàryáḥ paúṃsyairbʰavema dyaúrná bʰū́miṃ giráyo nā́jrān |
tā́ no víśvāni jaritā́ ciketa parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 3||











mó ṣú ṇaḥ soma mṛtyáve párā dāḥ páśyema nú sū́ryamuccárantam |
dyúbʰirhitó jarimā́ sū́ no astu parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 4||











ásunīte máno asmā́su dʰāraya jīvā́tave sú prá tirā na ā́yuḥ |
rārandʰí naḥ sū́ryasya saṃdṛ́śi gʰṛténa tváṃ tanvàṃ vardʰayasva || 5||











ásunīte púnarasmā́su cákṣuḥ púnaḥ prāṇámihá no dʰehi bʰógam |
jyókpaśyema sū́ryamuccárantamánumate mṛḷáyā naḥ svastí || 6||











púnarno ásuṃ pṛtʰivī́ dadātu púnardyaúrdevī́ púnarantárikṣam |
púnarnaḥ sómastanvàṃ dadātu púnaḥ pūṣā́ patʰyā̀ṃ yā svastíḥ || 7||











śáṃ ródasī subándʰave yahvī́ ṛtásya mātárā |
bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 8||











áva dvaké áva trikā́ diváścaranti bʰeṣajā́ |
kṣamā́ cariṣṇvèkakáṃ bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 9||











sámindreraya gā́manaḍvā́haṃ yá ā́vahaduśīnárāṇyā ánaḥ |
bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 10||












Sūkta 10.60 

ā́ jánaṃ tveṣásaṃdṛśaṃ mā́hīnānāmúpastutam |
áganma bíbʰrato námaḥ || 1||











ásamātiṃ nitóśanaṃ tveṣáṃ niyayínaṃ rátʰam |
bʰajératʰasya sátpatim || 2||











yó jánānmahiṣā́m̐ ivātitastʰaú pávīravān |
utā́pavīravānyudʰā́ || 3||











yásyekṣvākúrúpa vraté revā́nmarāyyédʰate |
divī̀va páñca kṛṣṭáyaḥ || 4||











índra kṣatrā́samātiṣu rátʰaproṣṭʰeṣu dʰāraya |
divī̀va sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 5||











agástyasya nádbʰyaḥ sáptī yunakṣi róhitā |
paṇī́nnyakramīrabʰí víśvānrājannarādʰásaḥ || 6||











ayáṃ mātā́yáṃ pitā́yáṃ jīvā́turā́gamat |
idáṃ táva prasárpaṇaṃ súbandʰavéhi nírihi || 7||











yátʰā yugáṃ varatráyā náhyanti dʰarúṇāya kám |
evā́ dādʰāra te máno jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 8||











yátʰeyáṃ pṛtʰivī́ mahī́ dādʰā́remā́nvánaspátīn |
evā́ dādʰāra te máno jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 9||











yamā́daháṃ vaivasvatā́tsubándʰormána ā́bʰaram |
jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 10||











nyàgvā́tó'va vāti nyàktapati sū́ryaḥ |
nīcī́namagʰnyā́ duhe nyàgbʰavatu te rápaḥ || 11||











ayáṃ me hásto bʰágavānayáṃ me bʰágavattaraḥ |
ayáṃ me viśvábʰeṣajo'yáṃ śivā́bʰimarśanaḥ || 12||












Sūkta 10.61 

idámittʰā́ raúdraṃ gūrtávacā bráhma krátvā śácyāmantárājaú |
krāṇā́ yádasya pitárā maṃhaneṣṭʰā́ḥ párṣatpaktʰé áhannā́ saptá hótṝn || 1||











sá íddānā́ya dábʰyāya vanváñcyávānaḥ sū́dairamimīta védim |
tū́rvayāṇo gūrtávacastamaḥ kṣódo ná réta itáūti siñcat || 2||











máno ná yéṣu hávaneṣu tigmáṃ vípaḥ śácyā vanutʰó drávantā |
ā́ yáḥ śáryābʰistuvinṛmṇó asyā́śrīṇītādíśaṃ gábʰastau || 3||











kṛṣṇā́ yádgóṣvaruṇī́ṣu sī́daddivó nápātāśvinā huve vām |
vītáṃ me yajñámā́ gataṃ me ánnaṃ vavanvā́ṃsā néṣamásmṛtadʰrū || 4||











prátʰiṣṭa yásya vīrákarmamiṣṇádánuṣṭʰitaṃ nú náryo ápauhat |
púnastádā́ vṛhati yátkanā́yā duhitúrā́ ánubʰṛtamanarvā́ || 5||











madʰyā́ yátkártvamábʰavadabʰī́ke kā́maṃ kṛṇvāné pitári yuvatyā́m |
manānágréto jahaturviyántā sā́nau níṣiktaṃ sukṛtásya yónau || 6||











pitā́ yátsvā́ṃ duhitáramadʰiṣkánkṣmayā́ rétaḥ saṃjagmānó ní ṣiñcat |
svādʰyò'janayanbráhma devā́ vā́stoṣpátiṃ vratapā́ṃ níratakṣan || 7||











sá īṃ vṛ́ṣā ná pʰénamasyadājaú smádā́ páraidápa dabʰrácetāḥ |
sáratpadā́ ná dákṣiṇā parāvṛ́ṅná tā́ nú me pṛśanyò jagṛbʰre || 8||











makṣū́ ná váhniḥ prajā́yā upabdíragníṃ ná nagná úpa sīdadū́dʰaḥ |
sánitedʰmáṃ sánitotá vā́jaṃ sá dʰartā́ jajñe sáhasā yavīyút || 9||











makṣū́ kanā́yāḥ sakʰyáṃ návagvā ṛtáṃ vádanta ṛtáyuktimagman |
dvibárhaso yá úpa gopámā́guradakṣiṇā́so ácyutā dudukṣan || 10||











makṣū́ kanā́yāḥ sakʰyáṃ návīyo rā́dʰo ná réta ṛtámítturaṇyan |
śúci yátte rékṇa ā́yajanta sabardúgʰāyāḥ páya usríyāyāḥ || 11||











paśvā́ yátpaścā́ víyutā budʰántéti bravīti vaktárī rárāṇaḥ |
vásorvasutvā́ kārávo'nehā́ víśvaṃ viveṣṭi dráviṇamúpa kṣú || 12||











tádínnvasya pariṣádvāno agmanpurū́ sádanto nārṣadáṃ bibʰitsan |
ví śúṣṇasya sáṃgratʰitamanarvā́ vidátpuruprajātásya gúhā yát || 13||











bʰárgo ha nā́motá yásya devā́ḥ svàrṇá yé triṣadʰastʰé niṣedúḥ |
agnírha nā́motá jātávedāḥ śrudʰī́ no hotarṛtásya hótādʰrúk || 14||











utá tyā́ me raúdrāvarcimántā nā́satyāvindra gūrtáye yájadʰyai |
manuṣvádvṛktábarhiṣe rárāṇā mandū́ hitáprayasā vikṣú yájyū || 15||











ayáṃ stutó rā́jā vandi vedʰā́ apáśca víprastarati svásetuḥ |
sá kakṣī́vantaṃ rejayatsó agníṃ nemíṃ ná cakrámárvato ragʰudrú || 16||











sá dvibándʰurvaitaraṇó yáṣṭā sabardʰúṃ dʰenúmasvàṃ duhádʰyai |
sáṃ yánmitrā́váruṇā vṛñjá uktʰaírjyéṣṭʰebʰiraryamáṇaṃ várūtʰaiḥ || 17||











tádbandʰuḥ sūrírdiví te dʰiyaṃdʰā́ nā́bʰānédiṣṭʰo rapati prá vénan |
sā́ no nā́bʰiḥ paramā́syá vā gʰāháṃ tátpaścā́ katitʰáścidāsa || 18||











iyáṃ me nā́bʰirihá me sadʰástʰamimé me devā́ ayámasmi sárvaḥ |
dvijā́ áha pratʰamajā́ ṛtásyedáṃ dʰenúraduhajjā́yamānā || 19||











ádʰāsu mandró aratírvibʰā́vā́va syati dvivartanírvaneṣā́ṭ |
ūrdʰvā́ yácʰréṇirná śíśurdánmakṣū́ stʰiráṃ śevṛdʰáṃ sūta mātā́ || 20||











ádʰā gā́va úpamātiṃ kanā́yā ánu śvāntásya kásya citpáreyuḥ |
śrudʰí tváṃ sudraviṇo nastváṃ yāḷāśvagʰnásya vāvṛdʰe sūnṛ́tābʰiḥ || 21||











ádʰa tvámindra viddʰyàsmā́nmahó rāyé nṛpate vájrabāhuḥ |
rákṣā ca no magʰónaḥ pāhí sūrī́nanehásaste harivo abʰíṣṭau || 22||











ádʰa yádrājānā gáviṣṭau sáratsaraṇyúḥ kāráve jaraṇyúḥ |
vípraḥ préṣṭʰaḥ sá hyeṣāṃ babʰū́va párā ca vákṣadutá parṣadenān || 23||











ádʰā nvàsya jényasya puṣṭaú vṛ́tʰā rébʰanta īmahe tádū nú |
saraṇyúrasya sūnúráśvo vípraścāsi śrávasaśca sātaú || 24||











yuvóryádi sakʰyā́yāsmé śárdʰāya stómaṃ jujuṣé námasvān |
viśvátra yásminnā́ gíraḥ samīcī́ḥ pūrvī́va gātúrdā́śatsūnṛ́tāyai || 25||











sá gṛṇānó adbʰírdevávāníti subándʰurnámasā sūktaíḥ |
várdʰaduktʰaírvácobʰirā́ hí nūnáṃ vyádʰvaiti páyasa usríyāyāḥ || 26||











tá ū ṣú ṇo mahó yajatrā bʰūtá devāsa ūtáye sajóṣāḥ |
yé vā́jām̐ ánayatā viyánto yé stʰā́ nicetā́ro ámūrāḥ || 27||












Sūkta 10.62 

yé yajñéna dákṣiṇayā sámaktā índrasya sakʰyámamṛtatvámānaśá |
tébʰyo bʰadrámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 1||











yá udā́janpitáro gomáyaṃ vásvṛténā́bʰindanparivatsaré valám |
dīrgʰāyutvámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 2||











yá ṛténa sū́ryamā́rohayandivyápratʰayanpṛtʰivī́ṃ mātáraṃ ví |
suprajāstvámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 3||











ayáṃ nā́bʰā vadati valgú vo gṛhé dévaputrā ṛṣayastácʰṛṇotana |
subrahmaṇyámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 4||











vírūpāsa ídṛ́ṣayastá ídgambʰīrávepasaḥ |
té áṅgirasaḥ sūnávasté agnéḥ pári jajñire || 5||











yé agnéḥ pári jajñiré vírūpāso diváspári |
návagvo nú dáśagvo áṅgirastamo sácā devéṣu maṃhate || 6||











índreṇa yujā́ níḥ sṛjanta vāgʰáto vrajáṃ gómantamaśvínam |
sahásraṃ me dádato aṣṭakarṇyàḥ śrávo devéṣvakrata || 7||











prá nūnáṃ jāyatāmayáṃ mánustókmeva rohatu |
yáḥ sahásraṃ śatā́śvaṃ sadyó dānā́ya máṃhate || 8||











ná támaśnoti káścaná divá iva sā́nvārábʰam |
sāvarṇyásya dákṣiṇā ví síndʰuriva papratʰe || 9||











utá dāsā́ parivíṣe smáddiṣṭī góparīṇasā |
yádusturváśca māmahe || 10||











sahasradā́ grāmaṇī́rmā́ riṣanmánuḥ sū́ryeṇāsya yátamānaitu dákṣiṇā |
sā́varṇerdevā́ḥ prá tirantvā́yuryásminnáśrāntā ásanāma vā́jam || 11||












Sūkta 10.63 

parāváto yé dídʰiṣanta ā́pyaṃ mánuprītāso jánimā vivásvataḥ |
yayā́teryé nahuṣyàsya barhíṣi devā́ ā́sate té ádʰi bruvantu naḥ || 1||











víśvā hí vo namasyā̀ni vándyā nā́māni devā utá yajñíyāni vaḥ |
yé stʰá jātā́ áditeradbʰyáspári yé pṛtʰivyā́sté ma ihá śrutā hávam || 2||











yébʰyo mātā́ mádʰumatpínvate páyaḥ pīyū́ṣaṃ dyaúráditirádribarhāḥ |
uktʰáśuṣmānvṛṣabʰarā́nsvápnasastā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ ánu madā svastáye || 3||











nṛcákṣaso ánimiṣanto arháṇā bṛháddevā́so amṛtatvámānaśuḥ |
jyotī́ratʰā áhimāyā ánāgaso divó varṣmā́ṇaṃ vasate svastáye || 4||











samrā́jo yé suvṛ́dʰo yajñámāyayúráparihvṛtā dadʰiré diví kṣáyam |
tā́m̐ ā́ vivāsa námasā suvṛktíbʰirmahó ādityā́m̐ áditiṃ svastáye || 5||











kó va stómaṃ rādʰati yáṃ jújoṣatʰa víśve devāso manuṣo yáti ṣṭʰána |
kó vo'dʰvaráṃ tuvijātā áraṃ karadyó naḥ párṣadátyáṃhaḥ svastáye || 6||











yébʰyo hótrāṃ pratʰamā́māyejé mánuḥ sámiddʰāgnirmánasā saptá hótṛbʰiḥ |
tá ādityā ábʰayaṃ śárma yacʰata sugā́ naḥ karta supátʰā svastáye || 7||











yá ī́śire bʰúvanasya prácetaso víśvasya stʰātúrjágataśca mántavaḥ |
té naḥ kṛtā́dákṛtādénasaspáryadyā́ devāsaḥ pipṛtā svastáye || 8||











bʰáreṣvíndraṃ suhávaṃ havāmahe'ṃhomúcaṃ sukṛ́taṃ daívyaṃ jánam |
agníṃ mitráṃ váruṇaṃ sātáye bʰágaṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ marútaḥ svastáye || 9||











sutrā́māṇaṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́manehásaṃ suśármāṇamáditiṃ supráṇītim |
daívīṃ nā́vaṃ svaritrā́mánāgasamásravantīmā́ ruhemā svastáye || 10||











víśve yajatrā ádʰi vocatotáye trā́yadʰvaṃ no durévāyā abʰihrútaḥ |
satyáyā vo deváhūtyā huvema śṛṇvató devā ávase svastáye || 11||











ápā́mīvāmápa víśvāmánāhutimápā́rātiṃ durvidátrāmagʰāyatáḥ |
āré devā dvéṣo asmádyuyotanorú ṇaḥ śárma yacʰatā svastáye || 12||











áriṣṭaḥ sá márto víśva edʰate prá prajā́bʰirjāyate dʰármaṇaspári |
yámādityāso náyatʰā sunītíbʰiráti víśvāni duritā́ svastáye || 13||











yáṃ devāsó'vatʰa vā́jasātau yáṃ śū́rasātā maruto hité dʰáne |
prātaryā́vāṇaṃ rátʰamindra sānasímáriṣyantamā́ ruhemā svastáye || 14||











svastí naḥ patʰyā̀su dʰánvasu svastyàpsú vṛjáne svàrvati |
svastí naḥ putrakṛtʰéṣu yóniṣu svastí rāyé maruto dadʰātana || 15||











svastíríddʰí prápatʰe śréṣṭʰā rékṇasvatyabʰí yā́ vāmáméti |
sā́ no amā́ só áraṇe ní pātu svāveśā́ bʰavatu devágopā || 16||











evā́ platéḥ sūnúravīvṛdʰadvo víśva ādityā adite manīṣī́ |
īśānā́so náro ámartyenā́stāvi jáno divyó gáyena || 17||












Sūkta 10.64 

katʰā́ devā́nāṃ katamásya yā́mani sumántu nā́ma śṛṇvatā́ṃ manāmahe |
kó mṛḷāti katamó no máyaskaratkatamá ūtī́ abʰyā́ vavartati || 1||











kratūyánti krátavo hṛtsú dʰītáyo vénanti venā́ḥ patáyantyā́ díśaḥ |
ná marḍitā́ vidyate anyá ebʰyo devéṣu me ádʰi kā́mā ayaṃsata || 2||











nárā vā śáṃsaṃ pūṣáṇamágohyamagníṃ devéddʰamabʰyàrcase girā́ |
sū́ryāmā́sā candrámasā yamáṃ diví tritáṃ vā́tamuṣásamaktúmaśvínā || 3||











katʰā́ kavístuvīrávānkáyā girā́ bṛ́haspátirvāvṛdʰate suvṛktíbʰiḥ |
ajá ékapātsuhávebʰirṛ́kvabʰiráhiḥ śṛṇotu budʰnyò hávīmani || 4||











dákṣasya vādite jánmani vraté rā́jānā mitrā́váruṇā́ vivāsasi |
átūrtapantʰāḥ pururátʰo aryamā́ saptáhotā víṣurūpeṣu jánmasu || 5||











té no árvanto havanaśrúto hávaṃ víśve śṛṇvantu vājíno mitádravaḥ |
sahasrasā́ medʰásātāviva tmánā mahó yé dʰánaṃ samitʰéṣu jabʰriré || 6||











prá vo vāyúṃ ratʰayújaṃ púraṃdʰiṃ stómaiḥ kṛṇudʰvaṃ sakʰyā́ya pūṣáṇam |
té hí devásya savitúḥ sávīmani krátuṃ sácante sacítaḥ sácetasaḥ || 7||











tríḥ saptá sasrā́ nadyò mahī́rapó vánaspátīnpárvatām̐ agnímūtáye |
kṛśā́numástṝntiṣyàṃ sadʰástʰa ā́ rudráṃ rudréṣu rudríyaṃ havāmahe || 8||











sárasvatī saráyuḥ síndʰurūrmíbʰirmahó mahī́rávasā́ yantu vákṣaṇīḥ |
devī́rā́po mātáraḥ sūdayitnvò gʰṛtávatpáyo mádʰumanno arcata || 9||











utá mātā́ bṛhaddivā́ śṛṇotu nastváṣṭā devébʰirjánibʰiḥ pitā́ vácaḥ |
ṛbʰukṣā́ vā́jo rátʰaspátirbʰágo raṇváḥ śáṃsaḥ śaśamānásya pātu naḥ || 10||











raṇváḥ sáṃdṛṣṭau pitumā́m̐ iva kṣáyo bʰadrā́ rudrā́ṇāṃ marútāmúpastutiḥ |
góbʰiḥ ṣyāma yaśáso jáneṣvā́ sádā devāsa íḷayā sacemahi || 11||











yā́ṃ me dʰíyaṃ máruta índra dévā ádadāta varuṇa mitra yūyám |
tā́ṃ pīpayata páyaseva dʰenúṃ kuvídgíro ádʰi rátʰe váhātʰa || 12||











kuvídaṅgá práti yátʰā cidasyá naḥ sajātyàsya maruto búbodʰatʰa |
nā́bʰā yátra pratʰamáṃ saṃnásāmahe tátra jāmitvámáditirdadʰātu naḥ || 13||











té hí dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ mātárā mahī́ devī́ devā́ñjánmanā yajñíye itáḥ |
ubʰé bibʰṛta ubʰáyaṃ bʰárīmabʰiḥ purū́ rétāṃsi pitṛ́bʰiśca siñcataḥ || 14||











ví ṣā́ hótrā víśvamaśnoti vā́ryaṃ bṛ́haspátirarámatiḥ pánīyasī |
grā́vā yátra madʰuṣúducyáte bṛhádávīvaśanta matíbʰirmanīṣíṇaḥ || 15||











evā́ kavístuvīrávām̐ ṛtajñā́ draviṇasyúrdráviṇasaścakānáḥ |
uktʰébʰirátra matíbʰiśca vípró'pīpayadgáyo divyā́ni jánma || 16||











evā́ platéḥ sūnúravīvṛdʰadvo víśva ādityā adite manīṣī́ |
īśānā́so náro ámartyenā́stāvi jáno divyó gáyena || 17||












Sūkta 10.65 

agníríndro váruṇo mitró aryamā́ vāyúḥ pūṣā́ sárasvatī sajóṣasaḥ |
ādityā́ víṣṇurmarútaḥ svàrbṛhátsómo rudró áditirbráhmaṇaspátiḥ || 1||











indrāgnī́ vṛtrahátyeṣu sátpatī mitʰó hinvānā́ tanvā̀ sámokasā |
antárikṣaṃ máhyā́ paprurójasā sómo gʰṛtaśrī́rmahimā́namīráyan || 2||











téṣāṃ hí mahnā́ mahatā́manarváṇāṃ stómām̐ íyarmyṛtajñā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰām |
yé apsavámarṇaváṃ citrárādʰasasté no rāsantāṃ maháye sumitryā́ḥ || 3||











svàrṇaramantárikṣāṇi rocanā́ dyā́vābʰū́mī pṛtʰivī́ṃ skambʰurójasā |
pṛkṣā́ iva maháyantaḥ surātáyo devā́ stavante mánuṣāya sūráyaḥ || 4||











mitrā́ya śikṣa váruṇāya dāśúṣe yā́ samrā́jā mánasā ná prayúcʰataḥ |
yáyordʰā́ma dʰármaṇā rócate bṛhádyáyorubʰé ródasī nā́dʰasī vṛ́tau || 5||











yā́ gaúrvartaníṃ paryéti niṣkṛtáṃ páyo dúhānā vratanī́ravārátaḥ |
sā́ prabruvāṇā́ váruṇāya dāśúṣe devébʰyo dāśaddʰavíṣā vivásvate || 6||











divákṣaso agnijihvā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰa ṛtásya yóniṃ vimṛśánta āsate |
dyā́ṃ skabʰitvyàpá ā́ cakrurójasā yajñáṃ janitvī́ tanvī̀ ní māmṛjuḥ || 7||











parikṣítā pitárā pūrvajā́varī ṛtásya yónā kṣayataḥ sámokasā |
dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ váruṇāya sávrate gʰṛtávatpáyo mahiṣā́ya pinvataḥ || 8||











parjányāvā́tā vṛṣabʰā́ purīṣíṇendravāyū́ váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
devā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ áditiṃ havāmahe yé pā́rtʰivāso divyā́so apsú yé || 9||











tváṣṭāraṃ vāyúmṛbʰavo yá óhate daívyā hótārā uṣásaṃ svastáye |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛtrakʰādáṃ sumedʰásamindriyáṃ sómaṃ dʰanasā́ u īmahe || 10||











bráhma gā́máśvaṃ janáyanta óṣadʰīrvánaspátīnpṛtʰivī́ṃ párvatām̐ apáḥ |
sū́ryaṃ diví roháyantaḥ sudā́nava ā́ryā vratā́ visṛjánto ádʰi kṣámi || 11||











bʰujyúmáṃhasaḥ pipṛtʰo níraśvinā śyā́vaṃ putráṃ vadʰrimatyā́ ajinvatam |
kamadyúvaṃ vimadā́yohatʰuryuváṃ viṣṇāpvàṃ viśvakāyā́va sṛjatʰaḥ || 12||











pā́vīravī tanyatúrékapādajó divó dʰartā́ síndʰurā́paḥ samudríyaḥ |
víśve devā́saḥ śṛṇavanvácāṃsi me sárasvatī sahá dʰībʰíḥ púraṃdʰyā || 13||











víśve devā́ḥ sahá dʰībʰíḥ púraṃdʰyā mánoryájatrā amṛ́tā ṛtajñā́ḥ |
rātiṣā́co abʰiṣā́caḥ svarvídaḥ svàrgíro bráhma sūktáṃ juṣerata || 14||











devā́nvásiṣṭʰo amṛ́tānvavande yé víśvā bʰúvanābʰí pratastʰúḥ |
té no rāsantāmurugāyámadyá yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 15||












Sūkta 10.66 

devā́nhuve bṛhácʰravasaḥ svastáye jyotiṣkṛ́to adʰvarásya prácetasaḥ |
yé vāvṛdʰúḥ prataráṃ viśvávedasa índrajyeṣṭʰāso amṛ́tā ṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ || 1||











índraprasūtā váruṇapraśiṣṭā yé sū́ryasya jyótiṣo bʰāgámānaśúḥ |
marúdgaṇe vṛjáne mánma dʰīmahi mā́gʰone yajñáṃ janayanta sūráyaḥ || 2||











índro vásubʰiḥ pári pātu no gáyamādityaírno áditiḥ śárma yacʰatu |
rudró rudrébʰirdevó mṛḷayāti nastváṣṭā no gnā́bʰiḥ suvitā́ya jinvatu || 3||











áditirdyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ṛtáṃ mahádíndrāvíṣṇū marútaḥ svàrbṛhát |
devā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ ávase havāmahe vásūnrudrā́nsavitā́raṃ sudáṃsasam || 4||











sárasvāndʰībʰírváruṇo dʰṛtávrataḥ pūṣā́ víṣṇurmahimā́ vāyúraśvínā |
brahmakṛ́to amṛ́tā viśvávedasaḥ śárma no yaṃsantrivárūtʰamáṃhasaḥ || 5||











vṛ́ṣā yajñó vṛ́ṣaṇaḥ santu yajñíyā vṛ́ṣaṇo devā́ vṛ́ṣaṇo haviṣkṛ́taḥ |
vṛ́ṣaṇā dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ṛtā́varī vṛ́ṣā parjányo vṛ́ṣaṇo vṛṣastúbʰaḥ || 6||











agnī́ṣómā vṛ́ṣaṇā vā́jasātaye purupraśastā́ vṛ́ṣaṇā úpa bruve |
yā́vījiré vṛ́ṣaṇo devayajyáyā tā́ naḥ śárma trivárūtʰaṃ ví yaṃsataḥ || 7||











dʰṛtávratāḥ kṣatríyā yajñaniṣkṛ́to bṛhaddivā́ adʰvarā́ṇāmabʰiśríyaḥ |
agníhotāra ṛtasā́po adrúho'pó asṛjannánu vṛtratū́rye || 8||











dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ janayannabʰí vratā́pa óṣadʰīrvanínāni yajñíyā |
antárikṣaṃ svàrā́ paprurūtáye váśaṃ devā́sastanvī̀ ní māmṛjuḥ || 9||











dʰartā́ro divá ṛbʰávaḥ suhástā vātāparjanyā́ mahiṣásya tanyatóḥ |
ā́pa óṣadʰīḥ prá tirantu no gíro bʰágo rātírvājíno yantu me hávam || 10||











samudráḥ síndʰū rájo antárikṣamajá ékapāttanayitnúrarṇaváḥ |
áhirbudʰnyàḥ śṛṇavadvácāṃsi me víśve devā́sa utá sūráyo máma || 11||











syā́ma vo mánavo devávītaye prā́ñcaṃ no yajñáṃ prá ṇayata sādʰuyā́ |
ā́dityā rúdrā vásavaḥ súdānava imā́ bráhma śasyámānāni jinvata || 12||











daívyā hótārā pratʰamā́ puróhita ṛtásya pántʰāmánvemi sādʰuyā́ |
kṣétrasya pátiṃ prátiveśamīmahe víśvāndevā́m̐ amṛ́tām̐ áprayucʰataḥ || 13||











vásiṣṭʰāsaḥ pitṛvádvā́camakrata devā́m̐ ī́ḷānā ṛṣivátsvastáye |
prītā́ iva jñātáyaḥ kā́mamétyāsmé devāsó'va dʰūnutā vásu || 14||











devā́nvásiṣṭʰo amṛ́tānvavande yé víśvā bʰúvanābʰí pratastʰúḥ |
té no rāsantāmurugāyámadyá yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 15||












Sūkta 10.67 

imā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ saptáśīrṣṇīṃ pitā́ na ṛtáprajātāṃ bṛhatī́mavindat |
turī́yaṃ svijjanayadviśvájanyo'yā́sya uktʰámíndrāya śáṃsan || 1||











ṛtáṃ śáṃsanta ṛjú dī́dʰyānā divásputrā́so ásurasya vīrā́ḥ |
vípraṃ padámáṅgiraso dádʰānā yajñásya dʰā́ma pratʰamáṃ mananta || 2||











haṃsaíriva sákʰibʰirvā́vadadbʰiraśmanmáyāni náhanā vyásyan |
bṛ́haspátirabʰikánikradadgā́ utá prā́staudúcca vidvā́m̐ agāyat || 3||











avó dvā́bʰyāṃ pará ékayā gā́ gúhā tíṣṭʰantīránṛtasya sétau |
bṛ́haspátistámasi jyótiricʰánnúdusrā́ ā́karví hí tisrá ā́vaḥ || 4||











vibʰídyā púraṃ śayátʰemápācīṃ nístrī́ṇi sākámudadʰérakṛntat |
bṛ́haspátiruṣásaṃ sū́ryaṃ gā́markáṃ viveda stanáyanniva dyaúḥ || 5||











índro valáṃ rakṣitā́raṃ dúgʰānāṃ karéṇeva ví cakartā ráveṇa |
svédāñjibʰirāśíramicʰámānó'rodayatpaṇímā́ gā́ amuṣṇāt || 6||











sá īṃ satyébʰiḥ sákʰibʰiḥ śucádbʰirgódʰāyasaṃ ví dʰanasaíradardaḥ |
bráhmaṇaspátirvṛ́ṣabʰirvarā́hairgʰarmásvedebʰirdráviṇaṃ vyā̀naṭ || 7||











té satyéna mánasā gópatiṃ gā́ iyānā́sa iṣaṇayanta dʰībʰíḥ |
bṛ́haspátirmitʰóavadyapebʰirúdusríyā asṛjata svayúgbʰiḥ || 8||











táṃ vardʰáyanto matíbʰiḥ śivā́bʰiḥ siṃhámiva nā́nadataṃ sadʰástʰe |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ śū́rasātau bʰárebʰare ánu madema jiṣṇúm || 9||











yadā́ vā́jamásanadviśvárūpamā́ dyā́márukṣadúttarāṇi sádma |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ vardʰáyanto nā́nā sánto bíbʰrato jyótirāsā́ || 10||











satyā́māśíṣaṃ kṛṇutā vayodʰaí kīríṃ ciddʰyávatʰa svébʰirévaiḥ |
paścā́ mṛ́dʰo ápa bʰavantu víśvāstádrodasī śṛṇutaṃ viśvaminvé || 11||











índro mahnā́ maható arṇavásya ví mūrdʰā́namabʰinadarbudásya |
áhannáhimáriṇātsaptá síndʰūndevaírdyāvāpṛtʰivī prā́vataṃ naḥ || 12||












Sūkta 10.68 

udaprúto ná váyo rákṣamāṇā vā́vadato abʰríyasyeva gʰóṣāḥ |
giribʰrájo nórmáyo mádanto bṛ́haspátimabʰyàrkā́ anāvan || 1||











sáṃ góbʰirāṅgirasó nákṣamāṇo bʰága ivédaryamáṇaṃ nināya |
jáne mitró ná dámpatī anakti bṛ́haspate vājáyāśū́m̐rivājaú || 2||











sādʰvaryā́ atitʰínīriṣirā́ spārhā́ḥ suvárṇā anavadyárūpāḥ |
bṛ́haspátiḥ párvatebʰyo vitū́ryā nírgā́ ūpe yávamiva stʰivíbʰyaḥ || 3||











āpruṣāyánmádʰuna ṛtásya yónimavakṣipánnarká ulkā́miva dyóḥ |
bṛ́haspátiruddʰárannáśmano gā́ bʰū́myā udnéva ví tvácaṃ bibʰeda || 4||











ápa jyótiṣā támo antárikṣādudnáḥ śī́pālamiva vā́ta ājat |
bṛ́haspátiranumṛ́śyā valásyābʰrámiva vā́ta ā́ cakra ā́ gā́ḥ || 5||











yadā́ valásya pī́yato jásuṃ bʰédbṛ́haspátiragnitápobʰirarkaíḥ |
dadbʰírná jihvā́ páriviṣṭamā́dadāvírnidʰī́m̐rakṛṇodusríyāṇām || 6||











bṛ́haspátirámata hí tyádāsāṃ nā́ma svarī́ṇāṃ sádane gúhā yát |
āṇḍéva bʰittvā́ śakunásya gárbʰamúdusríyāḥ párvatasya tmánājat || 7||











áśnā́pinaddʰaṃ mádʰu páryapaśyanmátsyaṃ ná dīná udáni kṣiyántam |
níṣṭájjabʰāra camasáṃ ná vṛkṣā́dbṛ́haspátirviravéṇā vikṛ́tya || 8||











sóṣā́mavindatsá svàḥ só agníṃ só arkéṇa ví babādʰe támāṃsi |
bṛ́haspátirgóvapuṣo valásya nírmajjā́naṃ ná párvaṇo jabʰāra || 9||











himéva parṇā́ muṣitā́ vánāni bṛ́haspátinākṛpayadvaló gā́ḥ |
anānukṛtyámapunáścakāra yā́tsū́ryāmā́sā mitʰá uccárātaḥ || 10||











abʰí śyāváṃ ná kṛ́śanebʰiráśvaṃ nákṣatrebʰiḥ pitáro dyā́mapiṃśan |
rā́tryāṃ támo ádadʰurjyótiráhanbṛ́haspátirbʰinádádriṃ vidádgā́ḥ || 11||











idámakarma námo abʰriyā́ya yáḥ pūrvī́ránvānónavīti |
bṛ́haspátiḥ sá hí góbʰiḥ só áśvaiḥ sá vīrébʰiḥ sá nṛ́bʰirno váyo dʰāt || 12||












Sūkta 10.69 

bʰadrā́ agnérvadʰryaśvásya saṃdṛ́śo vāmī́ práṇītiḥ suráṇā úpetayaḥ |
yádīṃ sumitrā́ víśo ágra indʰáte gʰṛténā́huto jarate dávidyutat || 1||











gʰṛtámagnérvadʰryaśvásya várdʰanaṃ gʰṛtámánnaṃ gʰṛtámvasya médanam |
gʰṛténā́huta urviyā́ ví papratʰe sū́rya iva rocate sarpírāsutiḥ || 2||











yátte mánuryádánīkaṃ sumitráḥ samīdʰé agne tádidáṃ návīyaḥ |
sá revácʰoca sá gíro juṣasva sá vā́jaṃ darṣi sá ihá śrávo dʰāḥ || 3||











yáṃ tvā pū́rvamīḷitó vadʰryaśváḥ samīdʰé agne sá idáṃ juṣasva |
sá na stipā́ utá bʰavā tanūpā́ dātráṃ rakṣasva yádidáṃ te asmé || 4||











bʰávā dyumnī́ vādʰryaśvotá gopā́ mā́ tvā tārīdabʰímātirjánānām |
śū́ra iva dʰṛṣṇúścyávanaḥ sumitráḥ prá nú vocaṃ vā́dʰryaśvasya nā́ma || 5||











sámajryā̀ parvatyā̀ vásūni dā́sā vṛtrā́ṇyā́ryā jigetʰa |
śū́ra iva dʰṛṣṇúścyávano jánānāṃ tvámagne pṛtanāyū́m̐rabʰí ṣyāḥ || 6||











dīrgʰátanturbṛhádukṣāyámagníḥ sahásrastarīḥ śatánītʰa ṛ́bʰvā |
dyumā́ndyumátsu nṛ́bʰirmṛjyámānaḥ sumitréṣu dīdayo devayátsu || 7||











tvé dʰenúḥ sudúgʰā jātavedo'saścáteva samanā́ sabardʰúk |
tváṃ nṛ́bʰirdákṣiṇāvadbʰiragne sumitrébʰiridʰyase devayádbʰiḥ || 8||











devā́ścitte amṛ́tā jātavedo mahimā́naṃ vādʰryaśva prá vocan |
yátsampṛ́cʰaṃ mā́nuṣīrvíśa ā́yantváṃ nṛ́bʰirajayastvā́vṛdʰebʰiḥ || 9||











pitéva putrámabibʰarupástʰe tvā́magne vadʰryaśváḥ saparyán |
juṣāṇó asya samídʰaṃ yaviṣṭʰotá pū́rvām̐ avanorvrā́dʰataścit || 10||











śáśvadagnírvadʰryaśvásya śátrūnnṛ́bʰirjigāya sutásomavadbʰiḥ |
sámanaṃ cidadahaścitrabʰānó'va vrā́dʰantamabʰinadvṛdʰáścit || 11||











ayámagnírvadʰryaśvásya vṛtrahā́ sanakā́tpréddʰo námasopavākyàḥ |
sá no ájāmīm̐rutá vā víjāmīnabʰí tiṣṭʰa śárdʰato vādʰryaśva || 12||












Sūkta 10.70 

imā́ṃ me agne samídʰaṃ juṣasveḷáspadé práti haryā gʰṛtā́cīm |
várṣmanpṛtʰivyā́ḥ sudinatvé áhnāmūrdʰvó bʰava sukrato devayajyā́ || 1||











ā́ devā́nāmagrayā́vehá yātu nárāśáṃso viśvárūpebʰiráśvaiḥ |
ṛtásya patʰā́ námasā miyédʰo devébʰyo devátamaḥ suṣūdat || 2||











śaśvattamámīḷate dūtyā̀ya havíṣmanto manuṣyā̀so agním |
váhiṣṭʰairáśvaiḥ suvṛ́tā rátʰenā́ devā́nvakṣi ní ṣadehá hótā || 3||











ví pratʰatāṃ devájuṣṭaṃ tiraścā́ dīrgʰáṃ drāgʰmā́ surabʰí bʰūtvasmé |
áheḷatā mánasā deva barhiríndrajyeṣṭʰām̐ uśató yakṣi devā́n || 4||











divó vā sā́nu spṛśátā várīyaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ vā mā́trayā ví śrayadʰvam |
uśatī́rdvāro mahinā́ mahádbʰirdeváṃ rátʰaṃ ratʰayúrdʰārayadʰvam || 5||











devī́ divó duhitárā suśilpé uṣā́sānáktā sadatāṃ ní yónau |
ā́ vāṃ devā́sa uśatī uśánta uraú sīdantu subʰage upástʰe || 6||











ūrdʰvó grā́vā bṛhádagníḥ sámiddʰaḥ priyā́ dʰā́mānyáditerupástʰe |
puróhitāvṛtvijā yajñé asmínvidúṣṭarā dráviṇamā́ yajetʰām || 7||











tísro devīrbarhíridáṃ várīya ā́ sīdata cakṛmā́ vaḥ syonám |
manuṣvádyajñáṃ súdʰitā havī́ṃṣī́ḷā devī́ gʰṛtápadī juṣanta || 8||











déva tvaṣṭaryáddʰa cārutvámā́naḍyádáṅgirasāmábʰavaḥ sacābʰū́ḥ |
sá devā́nāṃ pā́tʰa úpa prá vidvā́m̐ uśányakṣi draviṇodaḥ surátnaḥ || 9||











vánaspate raśanáyā niyū́yā devā́nāṃ pā́tʰa úpa vakṣi vidvā́n |
svádāti deváḥ kṛṇávaddʰavī́ṃṣyávatāṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ hávaṃ me || 10||











ā́gne vaha váruṇamiṣṭáye na índraṃ divó marúto antárikṣāt |
sī́dantu barhírvíśva ā́ yájatrāḥ svā́hā devā́ amṛ́tā mādayantām || 11||












Sūkta 10.71 

bṛ́haspate pratʰamáṃ vācó ágraṃ yátpraírata nāmadʰéyaṃ dádʰānāḥ |
yádeṣāṃ śréṣṭʰaṃ yádariprámā́sītpreṇā́ tádeṣāṃ níhitaṃ gúhāvíḥ || 1||











sáktumiva títa unaa puna'nto ya'tra dhii'raa ma'nasaa vaa'cama'krata |
átrā sákʰāyaḥ sakʰyā́ni jānate bʰadraíṣāṃ lakṣmī́rníhitā́dʰi vācí || 2||











yajñéna vācáḥ padavī́yamāyantā́mánvavindannṛ́ṣiṣu práviṣṭām |
tā́mābʰṛ́tyā vyàdadʰuḥ purutrā́ tā́ṃ saptá rebʰā́ abʰí sáṃ navante || 3||











utá tvaḥ páśyanná dadarśa vā́camutá tvaḥ śṛṇvánná śṛṇotyenām |
utó tvasmai tanvàṃ vi sasre jāyéva pátya uśatī́ suvā́sāḥ || 4||











utá tvaṃ sakʰyé stʰirápītamāhurnaínaṃ hinvantyápi vā́jineṣu |
ádʰenvā carati māyáyaiṣá vā́caṃ śuśruvā́m̐ apʰalā́mapuṣpā́m || 5||











yástityā́ja sacivídaṃ sákʰāyaṃ ná tásya vācyápi bʰāgó asti |
yádīṃ śṛṇótyálakaṃ śṛṇoti nahí pravéda sukṛtásya pántʰām || 6||











akṣaṇvántaḥ kárṇavantaḥ sákʰāyo manojavéṣvásamā babʰūvuḥ |
ādagʰnā́sa upakakṣā́sa u tve hradā́ iva snā́tvā u tve dadṛśre || 7||











hṛdā́ taṣṭéṣu mánaso javéṣu yádbrāhmaṇā́ḥ saṃyájante sákʰāyaḥ |
átrā́ha tvaṃ ví jahurvedyā́bʰiróhabrahmāṇo ví carantyu tve || 8||











imé yé nā́rvā́ṅná paráścáranti ná brāhmaṇā́so ná sutékarāsaḥ |
tá eté vā́camabʰipádya pāpáyā sirī́stántraṃ tanvate áprajajñayaḥ || 9||











sárve nandanti yaśásā́gatena sabʰāsāhéna sákʰyā sákʰāyaḥ |
kilbiṣaspṛ́tpituṣáṇirhyèṣāmáraṃ hitó bʰávati vā́jināya || 10||











ṛcā́ṃ tvaḥ póṣamāste pupuṣvā́ngāyatráṃ tvo gāyati śákvarīṣu |
brahmā́ tvo vádati jātavidyā́ṃ yajñásya mā́trāṃ ví mimīta u tvaḥ || 11||












Sūkta 10.72 

devā́nāṃ nú vayáṃ jā́nā prá vocāma vipanyáyā |
uktʰéṣu śasyámāneṣu yáḥ páśyādúttare yugé || 1||











bráhmaṇaspátiretā́ sáṃ karmā́ra ivādʰamat |
devā́nāṃ pūrvyé yugé'sataḥ sádajāyata || 2||











devā́nāṃ yugé pratʰamé'sataḥ sádajāyata |
tádā́śā ánvajāyanta táduttānápadaspári || 3||











bʰū́rjajña uttānápado bʰuvá ā́śā ajāyanta |
áditerdákṣo ajāyata dákṣādváditiḥ pári || 4||











áditirhyájaniṣṭa dákṣa yā́ duhitā́ táva |
tā́ṃ devā́ ánvajāyanta bʰadrā́ amṛ́tabandʰavaḥ || 5||











yáddevā adáḥ salilé súsaṃrabdʰā átiṣṭʰata |
átrā vo nṛ́tyatāmiva tīvró reṇúrápāyata || 6||











yáddevā yátayo yatʰā bʰúvanānyápinvata |
átrā samudrá ā́ gūḷhámā́ sū́ryamajabʰartana || 7||











aṣṭaú putrā́so áditeryé jātā́stanvàspári |
devā́m̐ úpa praítsaptábʰiḥ párā mārtāṇḍámāsyat || 8||











saptábʰiḥ putraíráditirúpa praítpūrvyáṃ yugám |
prajā́yai mṛtyáve tvatpúnarmārtāṇḍámā́bʰarat || 9||












Sūkta 10.73 

jániṣṭʰā ugráḥ sáhase turā́ya mandrá ójiṣṭʰo bahulā́bʰimānaḥ |
ávardʰanníndraṃ marútaścidátra mātā́ yádvīráṃ dadʰánaddʰániṣṭʰā || 1||



1.  janiṣṭʰāsva·U·2s«√jan ugrajmsn sahasnnsd turajnsd  
    mandrajmsn ojiṣṭʰajmsn (bahulajms-abʰimānanms)jmsn |
    avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ indraNmsa marutnmpa cidc atrac  
    mātṛnfsn yadc vīranmsa dadʰanatvp·AE3s«√dʰan dʰaniṣṭʰājfsn 



1.  Thou were born ferocious --- for the sake of prompt overwhelming strength ---
    [thou,] agreeable, most vigorous, having ample self-conceit.
    Marut-s also augment Indra then ---
    when the mother¹, best at [promising] prizes, causes the hero to move quickly.



druhó níṣattā pṛśanī́ cidévaiḥ purū́ śáṃsena vāvṛdʰuṣṭá índram |
abʰī́vṛteva tā́ mahāpadéna dʰvāntā́tprapitvā́dúdaranta gárbʰāḥ || 2||



2.  druhnmsb niṣattājfsn pṛśanījfsn cidc evanmpi  
    purua śaṃsanmsi vavṛdʰurvp·I·3p«√vṛdʰ tasr3mpn indraNmsa |
    abʰivṛtājnpn ivacr3npn mahāpadanmsi dʰvāntannsb  
    prapitvannsb udc arantava·U·3p«√ṛ garbʰanmpn 



2.  She was settled [away] from an offense, [made] even gentle in the manner of acting.
    They have frequently strengthened Indra with a spell.
    Those [designs] [were] as if surrounded by the extensive footprint [of Viṣṇu] --- [away] from the darkness.
    From evening [forward] germs [of inner fire] did rise.



ṛṣvā́ te pā́dā prá yájjígāsyávardʰanvā́jā utá yé cidátra |
tvámindra sālāvṛkā́nsahásramāsándadʰiṣe aśvínā́ vavṛtyāḥ || 3||



3.  ṛṣvajmdn tvamr2msd pādanmdn prap yadc jigāsivp·A·2s«√gā  
    avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ vājanmpn utac yasr3mpn cidc atrac |
    tvamr2msn indraNmsv sālāvṛkanmpa sahasrau āsannmsl  
    dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā aśvinNmda āp vavṛtyāsvp·Ii2s«√vṛt 



3.  When thou proceed, the two footprints [are] helping thee in dire straights.
    Rushes of vigour, which [were] also there, did strengthened [thee].
    Thou, O Indra, has put thousand jackals in [thy] mouth ---
    thou should have turned towards Aśvin-s.



samanā́ tū́rṇirúpa yāsi yajñámā́ nā́satyā sakʰyā́ya vakṣi |
vasā́vyāmindra dʰārayaḥ sahásrāśvínā śūra dadaturmagʰā́ni || 4||



4.  samanāa tūrṇijmsn upap yāsivp·A·2s«√yā yajñanmsa āp nāsatyaNmda sakʰyanmsd vakṣivp·U·2s«√vah |
    vasāvīnfsl indraNmsv dʰārayasvpCAE2s«√dʰṛ sahasrau aśvinNmdn śūranmsv dadaturvp·I·3d«√dā magʰannpa 



4.  Thou approach the sacrifice all at once, [being] expeditious,
    thou have conveyed the two Nāsatya-s for a fellowship.
    Thou shall cause thousand [benefits] to be maintained in the treasury ---
    [for] two Aśvin-s have given gifts, O agent of change!



mándamāna ṛtā́dádʰi prajā́yai sákʰibʰiríndra iṣirébʰirártʰam |
ā́bʰirhí māyā́ úpa dásyumā́gānmíhaḥ prá tamrā́ avapattámāṃsi || 5||



5.  mandamānata·Amsn«√mand ṛtannsb adʰip prajānfsd  
    sakʰinmpi indraNmsn iṣirajmpi artʰanmsa |
    āp ayamr3fpi hic māyānfpa upap (dasnfs-yujms)nmsa āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā  
    mihnfpa prap tamrājfpa avapatvp·Aa3s«√vap tamasnnpa 



5.  Becoming fired up for procreation from the presence of ṛta,
    Indra together with instigating companions [fixes the mind]² upon the purpose.
    Since with these [means of assisting]³ he approached powers to frame cognition [and] the impulse to suffer want,
    he scattered darkening [mental] fogs, [and] mental obscurations.



sánāmānā ciddʰvasayo nyàsmā ávāhanníndra uṣáso yátʰā́naḥ |
ṛṣvaíragacʰaḥ sákʰibʰirníkāmaiḥ sākáṃ pratiṣṭʰā́ hṛ́dyā jagʰantʰa || 6||



6.  sanāmānajmda cidc dʰvasayasvpCAE2s«√dʰvaṃs nip ayamr3msd  
    avap ahanvp·Aa2s«√han indraNmsn uṣasnfsg yatʰāc anasnnsa |
    ṛṣvajmpi agacʰasvp·Aa2s«√gam sakʰinmpi nikāmajmpi  
    sākama pratiṣṭʰajmda hṛdyajmda jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han 



6.  Even the two being similarly named ones thou shall disperse for this one,
    in the same manner as thou, Indra, diverted [from it course] Dawn's cart.
    Thou set out with helping-in-dire-straights dispassionate companions⁴,
    thou have slayed at the same time two innermost resisting ones.



tváṃ jagʰantʰa námuciṃ makʰasyúṃ dā́saṃ kṛṇvāná ṛ́ṣaye vímāyam |
tváṃ cakartʰa mánave syonā́npatʰó devatrā́ñjaseva yā́nān || 7||



7.  tvamr2msn jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han namuciNmsa (makʰasnns-yujfs)jmsa  
    dāsanmsa kṛṇvānata·Amsn«√kṛ ṛṣinmsd vimāyajmsa |
    tvamr2msn cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ manunmsd syonajmpa patʰinnmpa  
    devatrāa añjasāa ivac yānajmpa 



7.  Thou have warded off seeking a fighting spirit Namuci,
    [thus] making for the seer [that] savage to be devoid of the powers to frame cognition.
    For an intelligent man thou have made pathways
    to deva-s gentle as if leading straight [to them].



tvámetā́ni papriṣe ví nā́méśāna indra dadʰiṣe gábʰastau |
ánu tvā devā́ḥ śávasā madantyupáribudʰnānvanínaścakartʰa || 8||



8.  tvamr2msn etadr3npa papriṣeva·I·2s«√prā vip nāmannnsa īśānanmsn indraNmsv dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā gabʰastinmsl |
    anup tvamr2msa devanmpn śavasnnsi madantivp·A·3p«√mad  
    uparibudʰnajmpa vaninnmpa cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ 



8.  Thou have filled these [realms]; what is called a ``bird''⁵
    thou, being in charge, have put in hand, O Indra!
    Through the impulse to change, deva-s rejoice over thee;
    thou made those who have desires raised above the ground.



cakráṃ yádasyāpsvā́ níṣattamutó tádasmai mádʰvíccacʰadyāt |
pṛtʰivyā́mátiṣitaṃ yádū́dʰaḥ páyo góṣvádadʰā óṣadʰīṣu || 9||



9.  cakrannsa yadc ayamr3nsg apnfpl āp niṣattajnsa  
    utac uc tadr3nsn ayamr3msd madʰunnsn idc cacʰadyātvp·Ii3s«√cʰand |
    pṛtʰivīnfsl atiṣitajnsn yadc ūdʰarnnsn  
    payasnnsa gonfpl adadʰāsvp·Aa2s«√dʰā (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpl 



9.  When the ``wheel''⁶ of this [abode] is settled midst [inner] waters,
    that would impress him as the honey⁷.
    If the udder in the Earth⁸ [becomes] tied up,
    [remember,] thou did put [on such occasions] the juice into milk, into herbal [potions].



áśvādiyāyéti yádvádantyójaso jātámutá manya enam |
manyóriyāya harmyéṣu tastʰau yátaḥ prajajñá índro asya veda || 10||



10. aśvanmsb iyāyavp·I·3s«√i itia yadc vadantivp·A·3p«√vad  
     ojasnnsb jātajmsa utac manyeva·A·1s«√man enamr3msa |
     manyunmsb iyāyavp·I·3s«√i harmyajnpl tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā  
     yatasc prajajñeva·I·3s«pra~√jan indraNmsn ayamr3msg vedavp·I·1s«√vid 



10. When they say ``He has come from a horse'',
    I think of him as born of a frenzy.
    He has come from anger, he has stayed in charming-the-mind [fantasies] ---
    whatever Indra has emerged from, I have become acquainted with him.



váyaḥ suparṇā́ úpa seduríndraṃ priyámedʰā ṛ́ṣayo nā́dʰamānāḥ |
ápa dʰvāntámūrṇuhí pūrdʰí cákṣurmumugdʰyàsmā́nnidʰáyeva baddʰā́n || 11||



11. vinmpn suparṇajmpn upap sedurvp·I·3p«√sad indraNmsa  
     priyamedʰaNmpn ṛṣinmpn nādʰamānata·Ampn«√nādʰ |
     apap dʰvānttp·Amsa«√dʰvan ūrṇuhivp·Ao2s«√ūrṇu pūrdʰivp·Ao2s«√pṝ cakṣusnnsa  
     mumugdʰivp·Ao2s«√muc vayamr1mpa nidʰānfsi ivac baddʰajmpn 



11. Having beautiful wings birds⁹ have taken a seat near Indra.
    Priyamedʰa seers [are] asking for help,
    ``Put away the darkness, sate the eye!
    Set us, [who are] as if caught by a net, free!''


1 Pṛśni
2 on the basis of 1.10.2c
3 on the basis of 5.38.5a
4 Soma drops
5 a fantasy
6 cakra
7 Soma
8 = ``the body''
9 =fantasies


Sūkta 10.74 

vásūnāṃ vā carkṛṣa íyakṣandʰiyā́ vā yajñaírvā ródasyoḥ |
árvanto vā yé rayimántaḥ sātaú vanúṃ vā yé suśrúṇaṃ suśrúto dʰúḥ || 1||



1.  vasunnpgc carkṛṣeva·U·1s«√kṛ iyakṣanttpDA?sn«√yaj  
    dʰīnfsic yajñanmpic rodasīnfdg |
    arvantnmpnc yasr3mpn rayimantjmpn sātinfsl  
    vanunmsac yasr3mpn suśruṇajmsa suśrutjmpn dʰurvp·UE3p«√dʰā 



1.  Whether I, seeking to sacrifice, speak highly of benefits,
    or of both Rodas-es together with a visualization [and] fire offerings,
    whether [those] steeds¹ which [are] possessing the wealth at gaining [the rush of vigour],
    or those who are teaching well shall render him who listens well an adherent,



háva eṣāmásuro nakṣata dyā́ṃ śravasyatā́ mánasā niṃsata kṣā́m |
cákṣāṇā yátra suvitā́ya devā́ dyaúrná vā́rebʰiḥ kṛṇávanta svaíḥ || 2||



2.  havanmsn ayamr3mpg asurajmsn nakṣatavp·AE3s«√nakṣ dyunmsa  
    śravasyattp·Ansi«√śravasy manasnnsi niṃsatavp·AE3s«√niṃs kṣānfsa |
    cakṣāṇata·Impn«√cakṣ yatrac suvitajmsd devanmpn  
    dyunmsn nac vārannpi kṛṇavantava·A·3p«√kṛ svannpi 



2.  providing guidance invocation of those shall reach the Heaven;
    with mind employing auditory impression it shall touch closely the Earth.
    Wherever deva-s have appeared for an easy passage,
    they create with their own treasured [things] [a guidance] for themselves [just] like the Heaven [does].



iyámeṣāmamṛ́tānāṃ gī́ḥ sarvátātā yé kṛpáṇanta rátnam |
dʰíyaṃ ca yajñáṃ ca sā́dʰantasté no dʰāntu vasavyàmásāmi || 3||



3.  ayamr3fsn ayamr3mpg amṛtajmpg girnfsn  
    (sarvajms-tātinfs)nfsl yasr3mpn kṛpaṇantava·AE3p«√kṛpaṇ ratnannsa |
    dʰīnfsa cac yajñanmsa cac sādʰanttp·Ampn«√sādʰ  
    tasr3mpn vayamr1mpd dʰāntuvp·Ao3p«√dʰā vasavyajmsa asāmia 



3.  This is an invocation of these immortals
    who all together long for the treasure.
    May they, bringing to realization the visualization and the fire offering,
    help us to abundant [treasure] in its entirety!



ā́ tátta indrāyávaḥ panantābʰí yá ūrváṃ gómantaṃ títṛtsān |
sakṛtsvàṃ ye puruputrā́ṃ mahī́ṃ sahásradʰārāṃ bṛhatī́ṃ dúdukṣan || 4||



4.  āp tadr3nsa tvamr2msg indraNmsv āyujmpn panantava·AE3p«√pan  
    abʰip yasr3mpn ūrvajmsa gomatjmsa titṛtsānvpDAe3p«√tṛd |
    sakṛtsūjfsa yasr3mpn puruputrājfsa mahījfsa sahasradʰārājfsa bṛhatījfsa dudʰukṣanvpDAE3p«√duh 



4.  That thy [treasure] here, O Indra, agitated ones shall admire,
    [they,] who would split open extensive rich-in-evocative-expressions² [enclosure].
    who shall seek to milk her³ who sets in motion at once, 
    [her,] who has many sons, [who is] mighty, [who has] thousand streams.



śácīva índramávase kṛṇudʰvamánānataṃ damáyantaṃ pṛtanyū́n |
ṛbʰukṣáṇaṃ magʰávānaṃ suvṛktíṃ bʰártā yó vájraṃ náryaṃ purukṣúḥ || 5||



5.  śacīvatjmsv indraNmsa avasnnsd kṛṇudʰvamva·Ao2p«√kṛ  
    anānatajmsa damayanttpCAmsa«√dam (pṛtannms-yujms)jmpa |
    (ṛbʰujms-kṣaṇanms)nmsa magʰavanjmsa suvṛktijmsa  
    bʰartṛnmsn yasr3msn vajranmsa naryajmsa (purua-kṣujms)jmsn 



5.  O accompanied by enabling powers one! Do ye make Indra --- in order to help [you] ---
    not-bending, subduing those who attack [you],
    generous, [granting] well-twisted [verses] master of Ṛbʰu-s,
    who will bear suitable to men thunderbolt, [who will be] granting [it] liberally.



yádvāvā́na purutámaṃ purāṣā́ḷā́ vṛtrahéndro nā́mānyaprāḥ |
áceti prāsáhaspátistúviṣmānyádīmuśmási kártave kárattát || 6||



6.  yadc vavānavp·I·3s«√van purutamajmsa (purāa-sahjms)jmsn  
    āp (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn indraNmsn nāmannnpa aprāsvp·U·2s«√prā |
    acetivp·U·3s«√cit prāsahjmsg patinmsn tuviṣmantjmsn  
    yadr3nsa īmr3msa uśmasivp·A·1p«√vaś kartavev···D··«√kṛ karatvp·AE3s«√kṛ tadr3nsa 



6.  When he, overpowering before, has placed within [his] reach the most frequent one,
    [when] Indra [has become] Vṛtra-slayer, thou have filled [his] characteristic forms [with experience].
    Having the power to control master of enduring [treasure] was observed [here].
    What we wish him to do, that he shall do.


1 drops of Soma
2 lit. ``rich-in-cows''
3 prob. Pṛśni


Sūkta 10.75 

prá sú va āpo mahimā́namuttamáṃ kārúrvocāti sádane vivásvataḥ |
prá saptásapta tredʰā́ hí cakramúḥ prá sṛ́tvarīṇāmáti síndʰurójasā || 1||











prá te'radadváruṇo yā́tave patʰáḥ síndʰo yádvā́jām̐ abʰyádravastvám |
bʰū́myā ádʰi pravátā yāsi sā́nunā yádeṣāmágraṃ jágatāmirajyási || 2||











diví svanó yatate bʰū́myopáryanantáṃ śúṣmamúdiyarti bʰānúnā |
abʰrā́diva prá stanayanti vṛṣṭáyaḥ síndʰuryádéti vṛṣabʰó ná róruvat || 3||











abʰí tvā sindʰo śíśumínná mātáro vāśrā́ arṣanti páyaseva dʰenávaḥ |
rā́jeva yúdʰvā nayasi tvámítsícau yádāsāmágraṃ pravátāmínakṣasi || 4||











imáṃ me gaṅge yamune sarasvati śútudri stómaṃ sacatā páruṣṇyā́ |
asiknyā́ marudvṛdʰe vitástayā́rjīkīye śṛṇuhyā́ suṣómayā || 5||











tṛṣṭā́mayā pratʰamáṃ yā́tave sajū́ḥ susártvā rasáyā śvetyā́ tyā́ |
tváṃ sindʰo kúbʰayā gomatī́ṃ krúmuṃ mehatnvā́ sarátʰaṃ yā́bʰirī́yase || 6||











ṛ́jītyénī rúśatī mahitvā́ pári jráyāṃsi bʰarate rájāṃsi |
ádabdʰā síndʰurapásāmapástamā́śvā ná citrā́ vápuṣīva darśatā́ || 7||











sváśvā síndʰuḥ surátʰā suvā́sā hiraṇyáyī súkṛtā vājínīvatī |
ū́rṇāvatī yuvatíḥ sīlámāvatyutā́dʰi vaste subʰágā madʰuvṛ́dʰam || 8||











sukʰáṃ rátʰaṃ yuyuje síndʰuraśvínaṃ téna vā́jaṃ saniṣadasmínnājaú |
mahā́nhyasya mahimā́ panasyáté'dabdʰasya sváyaśaso virapśínaḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.76 

ā́ va ṛñjasa ūrjā́ṃ vyuṣṭiṣvíndraṃ marúto ródasī anaktana |
ubʰé yátʰā no áhanī sacābʰúvā sádaḥsado varivasyā́ta udbʰídā || 1||











tádu śréṣṭʰaṃ sávanaṃ sunotanā́tyo ná hástayato ádriḥ sotári |
vidáddʰyàryó abʰíbʰūti paúṃsyaṃ mahó rāyé cittarute yádárvataḥ || 2||











tádíddʰyasya sávanaṃ vivérapó yátʰā purā́ mánave gātúmáśret |
góarṇasi tvāṣṭré áśvanirṇiji prémadʰvaréṣvadʰvarā́m̐ aśiśrayuḥ || 3||











ápa hata rakṣáso bʰaṅgurā́vata skabʰāyáta nírṛtiṃ sédʰatā́matim |
ā́ no rayíṃ sárvavīraṃ sunotana devāvyàṃ bʰarata ślókamadrayaḥ || 4||











diváścidā́ vó'mavattarebʰyo vibʰvánā cidāśvàpastarebʰyaḥ |
vāyóścidā́ sómarabʰastarebʰyo'gnéścidarca pitukṛ́ttarebʰyaḥ || 5||











bʰurántu no yaśásaḥ sótvándʰaso grā́vāṇo vācā́ divítā divítmatā |
náro yátra duhaté kā́myaṃ mádʰvāgʰoṣáyanto abʰíto mitʰastúraḥ || 6||











sunvánti sómaṃ ratʰirā́so ádrayo nírasya rásaṃ gavíṣo duhanti té |
duhántyū́dʰarupasécanāya káṃ náro havyā́ ná marjayanta āsábʰiḥ || 7||











eté naraḥ svápaso abʰūtana yá índrāya sunutʰá sómamadrayaḥ |
vāmáṃvāmaṃ vo divyā́ya dʰā́mne vásuvasu vaḥ pā́rtʰivāya sunvaté || 8||












Sūkta 10.77 

abʰraprúṣo ná vācā́ pruṣā vásu havíṣmanto ná yajñā́ vijānúṣaḥ |
sumā́rutaṃ ná brahmā́ṇamarháse gaṇámastoṣyeṣāṃ ná śobʰáse || 1||



1.  (abʰranns-pruṣjfs)nmpn nac vācnfsi pruṣvp·Ue1s«√pruṣ vasunnsa  
    haviṣmantjmpn nac yajñanmpn vijānvaṃstp·Imsg«vi~√jñā |
    sumārutajmsa nac brahmannmsa arhasev···D··«√arh  
    gaṇanmsa astoṣiva·U·1s«√stu ayamr3mpg nac śobʰasev···D··«√śubʰ 



1.  Since like clouds sprinkling rain I sprinkle a benefit by means of speech---
    as having burnt oblations sacrifices of him who knows [do]---
    as if to be worthy of well provided with Marut-s' trait formulator
    I praised a troop of these¹ as if to reinforce [them].



śriyé máryāso añjī́m̐rakṛṇvata sumā́rutaṃ ná pūrvī́ráti kṣápaḥ |
divásputrā́sa étā ná yetira ādityā́sasté akrā́ ná vāvṛdʰuḥ || 2||



2.  śrīnfsd maryanmpn añjinmpa akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ  
    sumārutajmsa nac pūrvījfpa atip kṣapnfpa |
    dyunmsb putranmpn etanmpn nac yetireva·I·3p«√yat  
    ādityaNmpn tasr3mpn akranmsn nac vavṛdʰurvp·I·3p«√vṛdʰ 



2.  For auspiciousness recruits put on body-paints
    as if [making the formulator] well provided for many nights with Marut-s' trait.
    Sons [of Rudra] from the Heaven array themselves like antelopes,
    those Āditya-s have become animated like banners.



prá yé diváḥ pṛtʰivyā́ ná barháṇā tmánā riricré abʰrā́nná sū́ryaḥ |
pā́jasvanto ná vīrā́ḥ panasyávo riśā́daso ná máryā abʰídyavaḥ || 3||



3.  prap yasr3mpn dyunmsb pṛtʰivīnfsb nac barhaṇāa  
    tmanāa riricreva·I·3p«√ric abʰranmsb nac sūryanmsn |
    pājasvantjmpn nac vīranmpn panasyujmpn  
    (riśanms-adasnns)jmpn nac maryanmpn abʰidyujmpn 



3.  Who [are] by themselves pulling out of the Heaven as surely as out of the Earth
    like the sun parts with a cloud,
    [they,] like brilliant valiant ones, [are] evoking admiration,
    like devouring gaps recruits [they are] aiming at the Heaven.



yuṣmā́kaṃ budʰné apā́ṃ ná yā́mani vitʰuryáti ná mahī́ śratʰaryáti |
viśvápsuryajñó arvā́gayáṃ sú vaḥ práyasvanto ná satrā́ca ā́ gata || 4||



4.  tvamr2mpg budʰnanmsl apnfpg nac yāmannnsl  
    vitʰuryativp·A·3s«√vitʰurya nac mahījfsn śratʰaryativp·A·3s«√śratʰarya |
    (viśvanns-psujms)jmsn yajñanmsn arvākjmsn ayamr3msn sup tvamr2mpa  
    prayasvantjmpn nac satrācjmpn āp gatavp·Ao2p«√gam 



4.  On your ground [it is] like during procession of [inner] waters ---
    the mighty [Pṛśni] loosens [a man] as if he stumbles.
    Apparent-to-all sacrifice [is] coming hither. It is really to you.
    As those who are offering libations --- come here together.



yūyáṃ dʰūrṣú prayújo ná raśmíbʰirjyótiṣmanto ná bʰāsā́ vyuṣṭiṣu |
śyenā́so ná sváyaśaso riśā́dasaḥ pravā́so ná prásitāsaḥ pariprúṣaḥ || 5||



5.  tvamr2mpn dʰurnfpl prayujjmpn nac raśminmpi  
    jyotiṣmantjmpn nac bʰāsnnsi vyuṣṭinfpl |
    śyenanmpn nac svayaśasjmpn (riśanms-adasnns)jmpn  
    pravajmpn nac prasitajmpn paripruṣjmpn 



5.  You are as if connected with cords to chariot-poles
    as if shining with a ray of light at day-breaks.
    Self-glorious like hawks [you are] devouring gaps ones,
    as fluttering taking-off [water birds] [you are] splashing [waters].



prá yádváhadʰve marutaḥ parākā́dyūyáṃ maháḥ saṃváraṇasya vásvaḥ |
vidānā́so vasavo rā́dʰyasyārā́cciddvéṣaḥ sanutáryuyota || 6||



6.  prap yadc vahadʰveva·A·2p«√vah marutNmpv parākannsb  
    tvamr2mpn mahjnsg saṃvaraṇannsg vasunnsg |
    vidānajmpn vasujmpv rādʰyajnsg  
    ārāta cidc dveṣasnnsa sanutara yuyotavp·Ao2p«√yu 



6.  When you drive onward, O Marut-s, at a distance,
    you [come as those who] know 
    of a great stash of wealth to be obtained, O beneficent ones!
    Even far off [from that stash] keep away the hostility². 
------



yá udṛ́ci yajñé adʰvareṣṭʰā́ marúdbʰyo ná mā́nuṣo dádāśat |
revátsá váyo dadʰate suvī́raṃ sá devā́nāmápi gopītʰé astu || 7||



7.  yasr3msn udṛcnfsl yajñanmsl (adʰvaranmsl-stʰājms)jmsn  
    marutNmpd nac mānuṣajmsn dadāśatvp·Ie3s«√dāś |
    revatjnsn tasr3msn vayasnnsa dadʰateva·A·3s«√dʰā suvīrajnsa  
    tasr3msn devanmpg apip gonfsl astuvp·Ao3s«√as 



7.  Who remains on course of a proceeding sacrifice when a chant is raised during fire offering --- 
    as a human shall worship Marut-s ---
    he obtains abundant manly mental vigour,
    he, moreover, shall be under the protection of deva-s.



té hí yajñéṣu yajñíyāsa ū́mā ādityéna nā́mnā śámbʰaviṣṭʰāḥ |
té no'vantu ratʰatū́rmanīṣā́ṃ maháśca yā́mannadʰvaré cakānā́ḥ || 8||



8.  tasr3mpn hic yajñanmpl yajñiyajmpn ūmanmpn  
    ādityajmsi nāmannnsi (śama-bʰaviṣṭʰajms)jmpn |
    tasr3mpn vayamr1mpd avantuvp·Ao3p«√av ratʰaturjmpn manīṣānfsa  
    mahasa cac yāmannnsl adʰvaranmsl cakānata·Ampn«√kan 



8.  Since during fire offerings they are worthy of a sacrifice helpers 
    through Āditya nature [they are] the best at granting well-being.
    May they, bypassing chariots, bring to us the right conception
    and quickly, during [their] procession, being satisfied with proceeding on it way sacrifice. 


1 recruits
2 the hostility between worshipers due to anticipated booty


Sūkta 10.78 

víprāso ná mánmabʰiḥ svādʰyò devāvyò ná yajñaíḥ svápnasaḥ |
rā́jāno ná citrā́ḥ susaṃdṛ́śaḥ kṣitīnā́ṃ ná máryā arepásaḥ || 1||



1.  viprajmpn nac manmannnpi svādʰījmpn  
    (devanms-vījms)jmpn nac yajñanmpi svapnasjmpn |
    rājannmpn nac citrajmpn susaṃdṛśjmpn  
    kṣitinfpg nac maryanmpn arepasjmpn 



1.  Like manic thoughts of inspired ones --- heedful,
    as if rousing deva-s with sacrifices --- well off,
    like attracting attention chiefs --- fair to see,
    like recruits from settlements --- faultless;



agnírná yé bʰrā́jasā rukmávakṣaso vā́tāso ná svayújaḥ sadyáūtayaḥ |
prajñātā́ro ná jyéṣṭʰāḥ sunītáyaḥ suśármāṇo ná sómā ṛtáṃ yaté || 2||



2.  agninmsn nac yasr3mpn bʰrājasnnsi (rukmajms-vakṣasnns)jmpn  
    vātanmpn nac svayujjmpn (sadyasa-ūtinfs)jmpn |
    prajñātṛnmpn nac jyeṣṭʰajmpn sunītijmpn  
    suśarmanjmpn nac somanmpn ṛtannsa yattp·Amsd«√i 



2.  who are like fire because of the flashing --- having shining breast-plates,
    like self-engaging winds --- assisting instantly;
    like thinking ahead elders --- guiding well,
    like providing good refuge drops of Soma --- for him who moves towards ṛta;



vā́tāso ná yé dʰúnayo jigatnávo'gnīnā́ṃ ná jihvā́ virokíṇaḥ |
vármaṇvanto ná yodʰā́ḥ śímīvantaḥ pitṝṇā́ṃ ná śáṃsāḥ surātáyaḥ || 3||



3.  vātanmpn nac yasr3mpn dʰunijmpn jigatnujmpn  
    agninmpg nac jihvanmpn virokinjmpn |
    varmaṇvantjmpn nac yodʰanmpn śimīvantjmpn  
    pitṛnmpg nac śaṃsanmpn surātijmpn 



3.  who are like winds --- noisy, volatile,
    like flames of fires --- putting emphasis,
    like having armour warriors --- effective,
    like recitations of ancestors --- rich in gifts.



rátʰānāṃ ná yè'rā́ḥ sánābʰayo jigīvā́ṃso ná śū́rā abʰídyavaḥ |
vareyávo ná máryā gʰṛtaprúṣo'bʰisvartā́ro arkáṃ ná suṣṭúbʰaḥ || 4||



4.  ratʰanmpg nac yasr3mpn aranmpn sanābʰijmpn  
    jigīvaṃsjmpn nac śūranmpn abʰidyujmpn |
    vareyujmpn nac maryanmpn (gʰṛtanns-pruṣjms)jmpn  
    abʰisvartṛnmpn arkanmsa nac sustubʰjmpn 



4.  Who are like spokes of chariots --- have a nave,
    like agents of change who have won --- aiming at the Heaven,
    like wooing rookies --- sprinkling ghee, 
    like intoners of a hymn --- well-paced.



áśvāso ná yé jyéṣṭʰāsa āśávo didʰiṣávo ná ratʰyàḥ sudā́navaḥ |
ā́po ná nimnaírudábʰirjigatnávo viśvárūpā áṅgiraso ná sā́mabʰiḥ || 5||



5.  aśvanmpn nac yasr3mpn jyeṣṭʰajmpn āśujmpn  
    didʰiṣujmpn nac ratʰīnmpa sudānujmpn |
    apnfpn nac nimnannpi udannnpi jigatnujmpn  
    (viśvanns-rūpanns)jmpn aṅgirasNmsg nac sāmannnpi 



5.  Who are swift --- like the best horses,
    generous --- like those wishing to obtain charioteers,
    volatile --- like waters [flowing] in a wave through depressions,
    able to assume any form as if with chants of Aṅgiras.



grā́vāṇo ná sūráyaḥ síndʰumātara ādardirā́so ádrayo ná viśváhā |
śiśū́lā ná krīḷáyaḥ sumātáro mahāgrāmó ná yā́mannutá tviṣā́ || 6||



6.  grāvannmpn nac sūrinmpn (sindʰunms-mātṛnfs)jmpn  
    ādardirajmpn adrinmpn nac viśvahāa |
    śiśūlanmpn nac krīḷijmpn sumātṛjmpn  
    (mahajms-grāmanms)nmsn nac yāmannnsl utac tviṣnfsi 



6.  As singers [who are] patrons, [they are] having Sindʰu for a mother,
    crushing as rocks --- always,
    like playful little children --- having a good mother,
    like a big village in a procession --- [are accompanied] by agitation. 



uṣásāṃ ná ketávo'dʰvaraśríyaḥ śubʰaṃyávo nā́ñjíbʰirvyàśvitan |
síndʰavo ná yayíyo bʰrā́jadṛṣṭayaḥ parāváto ná yójanāni mamire || 7||



7.  uṣasnfpg nac ketunmpn (adʰvaranms-śrīnfs)jmpn  
    (śubʰanmsa-yujms)jmpn nac añjinmpi vip aśvitanvp·U·3p«√śvit |
    sindʰunfpn nac yayījfpn (bʰrājatjfs-ṛṣṭinfs)jmpn  
    parāvatnfsb nac yojanannpa mamireva·I·3p«√mā 



7.  As banners of dawns they are auspicious signs of sacrifices;
    as if seeking reinforcement, they colored themselves with body paints;
    coursing like rivers, they, having gleaming spears,
    meted out engagements as distances [to travel].



subʰāgā́nno devāḥ kṛṇutā surátnānasmā́nstotṝ́nmaruto vāvṛdʰānā́ḥ |
ádʰi stotrásya sakʰyásya gāta sanā́ddʰí vo ratnadʰéyāni sánti || 8||



8.  subʰāgajmpa vayamr1mpa devanmpv kṛṇutavp·Ao2p«√kṛ suratnajmpa  
    vayamr1mpa stotṛnmpa marutNmpv vāvṛdʰānata·Impn«√vṛdʰ |



8.  O deva-s, make us fortunate good charioteers,
    O Marut-s, strengthening us, singers of hymns.
    Do remember [this] hymn of praise, [this] fellowship ---
    since from of old distributions of riches by you do exist.






Sūkta 10.79 

ápaśyamasya maható mahitvámámartyasya mártyāsu vikṣú |
nā́nā hánū víbʰṛte sáṃ bʰarete ásinvatī bápsatī bʰū́ryattaḥ || 1||











gúhā śíro níhitamṛ́dʰagakṣī́ ásinvannatti jihváyā vánāni |
átrāṇyasmai paḍbʰíḥ sáṃ bʰarantyuttānáhastā námasā́dʰi vikṣú || 2||











prá mātúḥ prataráṃ gúhyamicʰánkumāró ná vīrúdʰaḥ sarpadurvī́ḥ |
sasáṃ ná pakvámavidacʰucántaṃ ririhvā́ṃsaṃ ripá upástʰe antáḥ || 3||











tádvāmṛtáṃ rodasī prá bravīmi jā́yamāno mātárā gárbʰo atti |
nā́háṃ devásya mártyaściketāgníraṅgá vícetāḥ sá prácetāḥ || 4||











yó asmā ánnaṃ tṛṣvā̀dádʰātyā́jyairgʰṛtaírjuhóti púṣyati |
tásmai sahásramakṣábʰirví cakṣé'gne viśvátaḥ pratyáṅṅasi tvám || 5||











kíṃ devéṣu tyája énaścakartʰā́gne pṛcʰā́mi nú tvā́mávidvān |
ákrīḷankrī́ḷanháriráttave'dánví parvaśáścakarta gā́mivāsíḥ || 6||











víṣūco áśvānyuyuje vanejā́ ṛ́jītibʰī raśanā́bʰirgṛbʰītā́n |
cakṣadé mitró vásubʰiḥ sújātaḥ sámānṛdʰe párvabʰirvāvṛdʰānáḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.80 

agníḥ sáptiṃ vājambʰaráṃ dadātyagnírvīráṃ śrútyaṃ karmaniṣṭʰā́m |
agnī́ ródasī ví caratsamañjánnagnírnā́rīṃ vīrákukṣiṃ púraṃdʰim || 1||











agnérápnasaḥ samídastu bʰadrā́gnírmahī́ ródasī ā́ viveśa |
agnírékaṃ codayatsamátsvagnírvṛtrā́ṇi dayate purū́ṇi || 2||











agnírha tyáṃ járataḥ kárṇamāvāgníradbʰyó níradahajjárūtʰam |
agnírátriṃ gʰarmá uruṣyadantáragnírnṛmédʰaṃ prajáyāsṛjatsám || 3||











agnírdāddráviṇaṃ vīrápeśā agnírṛ́ṣiṃ yáḥ sahásrā sanóti |
agnírdiví havyámā́ tatānāgnérdʰā́māni víbʰṛtā purutrā́ || 4||











agnímuktʰaírṛ́ṣayo ví hvayante'gníṃ náro yā́mani bādʰitā́saḥ |
agníṃ váyo antárikṣe pátanto'gníḥ sahásrā pári yāti gónām || 5||











agníṃ víśa īḷate mā́nuṣīryā́ agníṃ mánuṣo náhuṣo ví jātā́ḥ |
agnírgā́ndʰarvīṃ patʰyā̀mṛtásyāgnérgávyūtirgʰṛtá ā́ níṣattā || 6||











agnáye bráhma ṛbʰávastatakṣuragníṃ mahā́mavocāmā suvṛktím |
ágne prā́va jaritā́raṃ yaviṣṭʰā́gne máhi dráviṇamā́ yajasva || 7||












Sūkta 10.81 

yá imā́ víśvā bʰúvanāni júhvadṛ́ṣirhótā nyásīdatpitā́ naḥ |
sá āśíṣā dráviṇamicʰámānaḥ pratʰamacʰádávarām̐ ā́ viveśa || 1||











kíṃ svidāsīdadʰiṣṭʰā́namārámbʰaṇaṃ katamátsvitkatʰā́sīt |
yáto bʰū́miṃ janáyanviśvákarmā ví dyā́maúrṇonmahinā́ viśvácakṣāḥ || 2||











viśvátaścakṣurutá viśvátomukʰo viśvátobāhurutá viśvátaspāt |
sáṃ bāhúbʰyāṃ dʰámati sáṃ pátatrairdyā́vābʰū́mī janáyandevá ékaḥ || 3||











kíṃ svidvánaṃ ká u sá vṛkṣá āsa yáto dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ niṣṭatakṣúḥ |
mánīṣiṇo mánasā pṛcʰátédu tádyádadʰyátiṣṭʰadbʰúvanāni dʰāráyan || 4||











yā́ te dʰā́māni paramā́ṇi yā́vamā́ yā́ madʰyamā́ viśvakarmannutémā́ |
śíkṣā sákʰibʰyo havíṣi svadʰāvaḥ svayáṃ yajasva tanvàṃ vṛdʰānáḥ || 5||











víśvakarmanhavíṣā vāvṛdʰānáḥ svayáṃ yajasva pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
múhyantvanyé abʰíto jánāsa ihā́smā́kaṃ magʰávā sūrírastu || 6||











vācáspátiṃ viśvákarmāṇamūtáye manojúvaṃ vā́je adyā́ huvema |
sá no víśvāni hávanāni joṣadviśváśambʰūrávase sādʰúkarmā || 7||












Sūkta 10.82 

cákṣuṣaḥ pitā́ mánasā hí dʰī́ro gʰṛtámene ajanannánnamāne |
yadédántā ádadṛhanta pū́rva ā́díddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ apratʰetām || 1||











viśvákarmā vímanā ā́dvíhāyā dʰātā́ vidʰātā́ paramótá saṃdṛ́k |
téṣāmiṣṭā́ni sámiṣā́ madanti yátrā saptaṛṣī́npará ékamāhúḥ || 2||











yó naḥ pitā́ janitā́ yó vidʰātā́ dʰā́māni véda bʰúvanāni víśvā |
yó devā́nāṃ nāmadʰā́ éka evá táṃ sampraśnáṃ bʰúvanā yantyanyā́ || 3||











tá ā́yajanta dráviṇaṃ sámasmā ṛ́ṣayaḥ pū́rve jaritā́ro ná bʰūnā́ |
asū́rte sū́rte rájasi niṣatté yé bʰūtā́ni samákṛṇvannimā́ni || 4||











paró divā́ pará enā́ pṛtʰivyā́ paró devébʰirásurairyádásti |
káṃ svidgárbʰaṃ pratʰamáṃ dadʰra ā́po yátra devā́ḥ samápaśyanta víśve || 5||











támídgárbʰaṃ pratʰamáṃ dadʰra ā́po yátra devā́ḥ samágacʰanta víśve |
ajásya nā́bʰāvádʰyékamárpitaṃ yásminvíśvāni bʰúvanāni tastʰúḥ || 6||











ná táṃ vidātʰa yá imā́ jajā́nānyádyuṣmā́kamántaraṃ babʰūva |
nīhāréṇa prā́vṛtā jálpyā cāsutṛ́pa uktʰaśā́saścaranti || 7||












Sūkta 10.83 

yáste manyó'vidʰadvajra sāyaka sáha ójaḥ puṣyati víśvamānuṣák |
sāhyā́ma dā́samā́ryaṃ tváyā yujā́ sáhaskṛtena sáhasā sáhasvatā || 1||











manyúríndro manyúrevā́sa devó manyúrhótā váruṇo jātávedāḥ |
manyúṃ víśa īḷate mā́nuṣīryā́ḥ pāhí no manyo tápasā sajóṣāḥ || 2||











abʰī̀hi manyo tavásastávīyāntápasā yujā́ ví jahi śátrūn |
amitrahā́ vṛtrahā́ dasyuhā́ ca víśvā vásūnyā́ bʰarā tváṃ naḥ || 3||











tváṃ hí manyo abʰíbʰūtyojāḥ svayambʰū́rbʰā́mo abʰimātiṣāháḥ |
viśvácarṣaṇiḥ sáhuriḥ sáhāvānasmā́svójaḥ pṛ́tanāsu dʰehi || 4||











abʰāgáḥ sánnápa páreto asmi táva krátvā taviṣásya pracetaḥ |
táṃ tvā manyo akratúrjihīḷāháṃ svā́ tanū́rbaladéyāya méhi || 5||











ayáṃ te asmyúpa méhyarvā́ṅpratīcīnáḥ sahure viśvadʰāyaḥ |
mányo vajrinnabʰí mā́mā́ vavṛtsva hánāva dásyūm̐rutá bodʰyāpéḥ || 6||











abʰí préhi dakṣiṇató bʰavā mé'dʰā vṛtrā́ṇi jaṅgʰanāva bʰū́ri |
juhómi te dʰarúṇaṃ mádʰvo ágramubʰā́ upāṃśú pratʰamā́ pibāva || 7||












Sūkta 10.84 

tváyā manyo sarátʰamārujánto hárṣamāṇāso dʰṛṣitā́ marutvaḥ |
tigméṣava ā́yudʰā saṃśíśānā abʰí prá yantu náro agnírūpāḥ || 1||











agníriva manyo tviṣitáḥ sahasva senānī́rnaḥ sahure hūtá edʰi |
hatvā́ya śátrūnví bʰajasva véda ójo mímāno ví mṛ́dʰo nudasva || 2||











sáhasva manyo abʰímātimasmé rujánmṛṇánpramṛṇánpréhi śátrūn |
ugráṃ te pā́jo nanvā́ rurudʰre vaśī́ váśaṃ nayasa ekaja tvám || 3||











éko bahūnā́masi manyavīḷitó víśaṃviśaṃ yudʰáye sáṃ śiśādʰi |
ákṛttaruktváyā yujā́ vayáṃ dyumántaṃ gʰóṣaṃ vijayā́ya kṛṇmahe || 4||











vijeṣakṛ́díndra ivānavabravò'smā́kaṃ manyo adʰipā́ bʰavehá |
priyáṃ te nā́ma sahure gṛṇīmasi vidmā́ támútsaṃ yáta ābabʰū́tʰa || 5||











ā́bʰūtyā sahajā́ vajra sāyaka sáho bibʰarṣyabʰibʰūta úttaram |
krátvā no manyo sahá medyèdʰi mahādʰanásya puruhūta saṃsṛ́ji || 6||











sáṃsṛṣṭaṃ dʰánamubʰáyaṃ samā́kṛtamasmábʰyaṃ dattāṃ váruṇaśca manyúḥ |
bʰíyaṃ dádʰānā hṛ́dayeṣu śátravaḥ párājitāso ápa ní layantām || 7||












Sūkta 10.85 

satyénóttabʰitā bʰū́miḥ sū́ryeṇóttabʰitā dyaúḥ |
ṛténādityā́stiṣṭʰanti diví sómo ádʰi śritáḥ || 1||











sómenādityā́ balínaḥ sómena pṛtʰivī́ mahī́ |
átʰo nákṣatrāṇāmeṣā́mupástʰe sóma ā́hitaḥ || 2||











sómaṃ manyate papivā́nyátsampiṃṣántyóṣadʰim |
sómaṃ yáṃ brahmā́ṇo vidúrná tásyāśnāti káścaná || 3||











ācʰádvidʰānairgupitó bā́rhataiḥ soma rakṣitáḥ |
grā́vṇāmícʰṛṇvántiṣṭʰasi ná te aśnāti pā́rtʰivaḥ || 4||











yáttvā deva prapíbanti táta ā́ pyāyase púnaḥ |
vāyúḥ sómasya rakṣitā́ sámānāṃ mā́sa ā́kṛtiḥ || 5||











raíbʰyāsīdanudéyī nārāśaṃsī́ nyócanī |
sūryā́yā bʰadrámídvā́so gā́tʰayaiti páriṣkṛtam || 6||











cíttirā upabárhaṇaṃ cákṣurā abʰyáñjanam |
dyaúrbʰū́miḥ kóśa āsīdyádáyātsūryā́ pátim || 7||











stómā āsanpratidʰáyaḥ kurī́raṃ cʰánda opaśáḥ |
sūryā́yā aśvínā varā́gnírāsītpurogaváḥ || 8||











sómo vadʰūyúrabʰavadaśvínāstāmubʰā́ varā́ |
sūryā́ṃ yátpátye śáṃsantīṃ mánasā savitā́dadāt || 9||











máno asyā ána āsīddyaúrāsīdutá cʰadíḥ |
śukrā́vanaḍvā́hāvāstāṃ yádáyātsūryā́ gṛhám || 10||











ṛksāmā́bʰyāmabʰíhitau gā́vau te sāmanā́vitaḥ |
śrótraṃ te cakré āstāṃ diví pántʰāścarācāráḥ || 11||











śúcī te cakré yātyā́ vyānó ákṣa ā́hataḥ |
áno manasmáyaṃ sūryā́rohatprayatī́ pátim || 12||











sūryā́yā vahatúḥ prā́gātsavitā́ yámavā́sṛjat |
agʰā́su hanyante gā́vó'rjunyoḥ páryuhyate || 13||











yádaśvinā pṛcʰámānāváyātaṃ tricakréṇa vahatúṃ sūryā́yāḥ |
víśve devā́ ánu tádvāmajānanputráḥ pitárāvavṛṇīta pūṣā́ || 14||











yádáyātaṃ śubʰaspatī vareyáṃ sūryā́múpa |
kvaíkaṃ cakráṃ vāmāsītkvà deṣṭrā́ya tastʰatʰuḥ || 15||











dvé te cakré sūrye brahmā́ṇa ṛtutʰā́ viduḥ |
átʰaíkaṃ cakráṃ yádgúhā tádaddʰātáya ídviduḥ || 16||











sūryā́yai devébʰyo mitrā́ya váruṇāya ca |
yé bʰūtásya prácetasa idáṃ tébʰyo'karaṃ námaḥ || 17||











pūrvāparáṃ carato māyáyaitaú śíśū krī́ḷantau pári yāto adʰvarám |
víśvānyanyó bʰúvanābʰicáṣṭa ṛtū́m̐ranyó vidádʰajjāyate púnaḥ || 18||











návonavo bʰavati jā́yamānó'hnāṃ ketúruṣásāmetyágram |
bʰāgáṃ devébʰyo ví dadʰātyāyánprá candrámāstirate dīrgʰámā́yuḥ || 19||











sukiṃśukáṃ śalmalíṃ viśvárūpaṃ híraṇyavarṇaṃ suvṛ́taṃ sucakrám |
ā́ roha sūrye amṛ́tasya lokáṃ syonáṃ pátye vahatúṃ kṛṇuṣva || 20||











údīrṣvā́taḥ pátivatī hyèṣā́ viśvā́vasuṃ námasā gīrbʰírīḷe |
anyā́micʰa pitṛṣádaṃ vyàktāṃ sá te bʰāgó janúṣā tásya viddʰi || 21||











údīrṣvā́to viśvāvaso námaseḷā mahe tvā |
anyā́micʰa prapʰarvyàṃ saṃ jāyā́ṃ pátyā sṛja || 22||











anṛkṣarā́ ṛjávaḥ santu pántʰā yébʰiḥ sákʰāyo yánti no vareyám |
sámaryamā́ sáṃ bʰágo no ninīyātsáṃ jāspatyáṃ suyámamastu devāḥ || 23||











prá tvā muñcāmi váruṇasya pā́śādyéna tvā́badʰnātsavitā́ suśévaḥ |
ṛtásya yónau sukṛtásya loké'riṣṭāṃ tvā sahá pátyā dadʰāmi || 24||











prétó muñcā́mi nā́mútaḥ subaddʰā́mamútaskaram |
yátʰeyámindra mīḍʰvaḥ suputrā́ subʰágā́sati || 25||











pūṣā́ tvetó nayatu hastagṛ́hyāśvínā tvā prá vahatāṃ rátʰena |
gṛhā́ngacʰa gṛhápatnī yátʰā́so vaśínī tváṃ vidátʰamā́ vadāsi || 26||











ihá priyáṃ prajáyā te sámṛdʰyatāmasmíngṛhé gā́rhapatyāya jāgṛhi |
enā́ pátyā tanvàṃ saṃ sṛjasvā́dʰā jívrī vidátʰamā́ vadātʰaḥ || 27||











nīlalohitáṃ bʰavati kṛtyā́saktírvyajyate |
édʰante asyā jñātáyaḥ pátirbandʰéṣu badʰyate || 28||











párā dehi śāmulyàṃ brahmábʰyo ví bʰajā vásu |
kṛtyaíṣā́ padvátī bʰūtvyā́ jāyā́ viśate pátim || 29||











aśrīrā́ tanū́rbʰavati rúśatī pāpáyāmuyā́ |
pátiryádvadʰvò vā́sasā svámáṅgamabʰidʰítsate || 30||











yé vadʰvàścandráṃ vahatúṃ yákṣmā yánti jánādánu |
púnastā́nyajñíyā devā́ náyantu yáta ā́gatāḥ || 31||











mā́ vidanparipantʰíno yá āsī́danti dámpatī |
sugébʰirdurgámátītāmápa drāntvárātayaḥ || 32||











sumaṅgalī́riyáṃ vadʰū́rimā́ṃ saméta páśyata |
saúbʰāgyamasyai dattvā́yā́tʰā́staṃ ví páretana || 33||











tṛṣṭámetátkáṭukametádapāṣṭʰávadviṣávannaítádáttave |
sūryā́ṃ yó brahmā́ vidyā́tsá ídvā́dʰūyamarhati || 34||











āśásanaṃ viśásanamátʰo adʰivikártanam |
sūryā́yāḥ paśya rūpā́ṇi tā́ni brahmā́ tú śundʰati || 35||











gṛbʰṇā́mi te saubʰagatvā́ya hástaṃ máyā pátyā jarádaṣṭiryátʰā́saḥ |
bʰágo aryamā́ savitā́ púraṃdʰirmáhyaṃ tvādurgā́rhapatyāya devā́ḥ || 36||











tā́ṃ pūṣañcʰivátamāmérayasva yásyāṃ bī́jaṃ manuṣyā̀ vápanti |
yā́ na ūrū́ uśatī́ viśráyāte yásyāmuśántaḥ prahárāma śépam || 37||











túbʰyamágre páryavahansūryā́ṃ vahatúnā sahá |
púnaḥ pátibʰyo jāyā́ṃ dā́ agne prajáyā sahá || 38||











púnaḥ pátnīmagníradādā́yuṣā sahá várcasā |
dīrgʰā́yurasyā yáḥ pátirjī́vāti śarádaḥ śatám || 39||











sómaḥ pratʰamó vivide gandʰarvó vivida úttaraḥ |
tṛtī́yo agníṣṭe pátisturī́yaste manuṣyajā́ḥ || 40||











sómo dadadgandʰarvā́ya gandʰarvó dadadagnáye |
rayíṃ ca putrā́m̐ścādādagnírmáhyamátʰo imā́m || 41||











ihaívá staṃ mā́ ví yauṣṭaṃ víśvamā́yurvyàśnutam |
krī́ḷantau putraírnáptṛbʰirmódamānau své gṛhé || 42||











ā́ naḥ prajā́ṃ janayatu prajā́patirājarasā́ya sámanaktvaryamā́ |
ádurmaṅgalīḥ patilokámā́ viśa śáṃ no bʰava dvipáde śáṃ cátuṣpade || 43||











ágʰoracakṣurápatigʰnyedʰi śivā́ paśúbʰyaḥ sumánāḥ suvárcāḥ |
vīrasū́rdevákāmā syonā́ śáṃ no bʰava dvipáde śáṃ cátuṣpade || 44||











imā́ṃ tvámindra mīḍʰvaḥ suputrā́ṃ subʰágāṃ kṛṇu |
dáśāsyāṃ putrā́nā́ dʰehi pátimekādaśáṃ kṛdʰi || 45||











samrā́jñī śváśure bʰava samrā́jñī śvaśrvā́ṃ bʰava |
nánāndari samrā́jñī bʰava samrā́jñī ádʰi devṛ́ṣu || 46||











sámañjantu víśve devā́ḥ sámā́po hṛ́dayāni nau |
sáṃ mātaríśvā sáṃ dʰātā́ sámu déṣṭrī dadʰātu nau || 47||












Sūkta 10.86 

ví hí sótorásṛkṣata néndraṃ devámamaṃsata |
yátrā́madadvṛṣā́kapiraryáḥ puṣṭéṣu mátsakʰā víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 1||











párā hī̀ndra dʰā́vasi vṛṣā́kaperáti vyátʰiḥ |
nó áha prá vindasyanyátra sómapītaye víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 2||











kímayáṃ tvā́ṃ vṛṣā́kapiścakā́ra hárito mṛgáḥ |
yásmā irasyásī́du nvàryó vā puṣṭimádvásu víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 3||











yámimáṃ tváṃ vṛṣā́kapiṃ priyámindrābʰirákṣasi |
śvā́ nvasya jambʰiṣadápi kárṇe varāhayúrvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 4||











priyā́ taṣṭā́ni me kapírvyaktā vyàdūduṣat |
śíro nvàsya rāviṣaṃ ná sugáṃ duṣkṛ́te bʰuvaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 5||











ná mátstrī́ subʰasáttarā ná suyā́śutarā bʰuvat |
ná mátpráticyavīyasī ná sáktʰyúdyamīyasī víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 6||











uvé amba sulābʰike yátʰevāṅgá bʰaviṣyáti |
bʰasánme amba sáktʰi me śíro me vī̀va hṛṣyati víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 7||











kíṃ subāho svaṅgure pṛ́tʰuṣṭo pṛ́tʰujāgʰane |
kíṃ śūrapatni nastvámabʰyàmīṣi vṛṣā́kapiṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 8||











avī́rāmiva mā́mayáṃ śarā́rurabʰí manyate |
utā́hámasmi vīríṇī́ndrapatnī marútsakʰā víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 9||











saṃhotráṃ sma purā́ nā́rī sámanaṃ vā́va gacʰati |
vedʰā́ ṛtásya vīríṇī́ndrapatnī mahīyate víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 10||











indrāṇī́māsú nā́riṣu subʰágāmahámaśravam |
nahyàsyā aparáṃ caná jarásā márate pátirvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 11||











nā́hámindrāṇi rāraṇa sákʰyurvṛṣā́kaperṛté |
yásyedámápyaṃ havíḥ priyáṃ devéṣu gácʰati víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 12||











vṛ́ṣākapāyi révati súputra ā́du súsnuṣe |
gʰásatta índra ukṣáṇaḥ priyáṃ kācitkaráṃ havírvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 13||











ukṣṇó hí me páñcadaśa sākáṃ pácanti viṃśatím |
utā́hámadmi pī́va ídubʰā́ kukṣī́ pṛṇanti me víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 14||











vṛṣabʰó ná tigmáśṛṅgo'ntáryūtʰéṣu róruvat |
mantʰásta indra śáṃ hṛdé yáṃ te sunóti bʰāvayúrvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 15||











ná séśe yásya rámbate'ntarā́ saktʰyā̀ kápṛt |
sédīśe yásya romaśáṃ niṣedúṣo vijṛ́mbʰate víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 16||











ná séśe yásya romaśáṃ niṣedúṣo vijṛ́mbʰate |
sédīśe yásya rámbate'ntarā́ saktʰyā̀ kápṛdvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 17||











ayámindra vṛṣā́kapiḥ párasvantaṃ hatáṃ vidat |
asíṃ sūnā́ṃ návaṃ carúmā́dédʰasyā́na ā́citaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 18||











ayámemi vicā́kaśadvicinvándā́samā́ryam |
píbāmi pākasútvano'bʰí dʰī́ramacākaśaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 19||











dʰánva ca yátkṛntátraṃ ca káti svittā́ ví yójanā |
nédīyaso vṛṣākapé'staméhi gṛhā́m̐ úpa víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 20||











púnaréhi vṛṣākape suvitā́ kalpayāvahai |
yá eṣá svapnanáṃśanó'staméṣi patʰā́ púnarvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 21||











yádúdañco vṛṣākape gṛhámindrā́jagantana |
kvà syá pulvagʰó mṛgáḥ kámagañjanayópano víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 22||











párśurha nā́ma mānavī́ sākáṃ sasūva viṃśatím |
bʰadráṃ bʰala tyásyā abʰūdyásyā udáramā́mayadvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 23||












Sūkta 10.87 

rakṣoháṇaṃ vājínamā́ jigʰarmi mitráṃ prátʰiṣṭʰamúpa yāmi śárma |
śíśāno agníḥ krátubʰiḥ sámiddʰaḥ sá no dívā sá riṣáḥ pātu náktam || 1||











áyodaṃṣṭro arcíṣā yātudʰā́nānúpa spṛśa jātavedaḥ sámiddʰaḥ |
ā́ jihváyā mū́radevānrabʰasva kravyā́do vṛktvyápi dʰatsvāsán || 2||











ubʰóbʰayāvinnúpa dʰehi dáṃṣṭrā hiṃsráḥ śíśānó'varaṃ páraṃ ca |
utā́ntárikṣe pári yāhi rājañjámbʰaiḥ sáṃ dʰehyabʰí yātudʰā́nān || 3||











yajñaíríṣūḥ saṃnámamāno agne vācā́ śalyā́m̐ aśánibʰirdihānáḥ |
tā́bʰirvidʰya hṛ́daye yātudʰā́nānpratīcó bāhū́npráti bʰaṅdʰyeṣām || 4||











ágne tvácaṃ yātudʰā́nasya bʰindʰi hiṃsrā́śánirhárasā hantvenam |
prá párvāṇi jātavedaḥ śṛṇīhi kravyā́tkraviṣṇúrví cinotu vṛkṇám || 5||











yátredā́nīṃ páśyasi jātavedastíṣṭʰantamagna utá vā cárantam |
yádvāntárikṣe patʰíbʰiḥ pátantaṃ támástā vidʰya śárvā śíśānaḥ || 6||











utā́labdʰaṃ spṛṇuhi jātaveda ālebʰānā́dṛṣṭíbʰiryātudʰā́nāt |
ágne pū́rvo ní jahi śóśucāna āmā́daḥ kṣvíṅkāstámadantvénīḥ || 7||











ihá prá brūhi yatamáḥ só agne yó yātudʰā́no yá idáṃ kṛṇóti |
támā́ rabʰasva samídʰā yaviṣṭʰa nṛcákṣasaścákṣuṣe randʰayainam || 8||











tīkṣṇénāgne cákṣuṣā rakṣa yajñáṃ prā́ñcaṃ vásubʰyaḥ prá ṇaya pracetaḥ |
hiṃsráṃ rákṣāṃsyabʰí śóśucānaṃ mā́ tvā dabʰanyātudʰā́nā nṛcakṣaḥ || 9||











nṛcákṣā rákṣaḥ pári paśya vikṣú tásya trī́ṇi práti śṛṇīhyágrā |
tásyāgne pṛṣṭī́rhárasā śṛṇīhi tredʰā́ mū́laṃ yātudʰā́nasya vṛśca || 10||











tríryātudʰā́naḥ prásitiṃ ta etvṛtáṃ yó agne ánṛtena hánti |
támarcíṣā spʰūrjáyañjātavedaḥ samakṣámenaṃ gṛṇaté ní vṛṅdʰi || 11||











tádagne cákṣuḥ práti dʰehi rebʰé śapʰārújaṃ yéna páśyasi yātudʰā́nam |
atʰarvavájjyótiṣā daívyena satyáṃ dʰū́rvantamacítaṃ nyòṣa || 12||











yádagne adyá mitʰunā́ śápāto yádvācástṛṣṭáṃ janáyanta rebʰā́ḥ |
manyórmánasaḥ śaravyā̀ jā́yate yā́ táyā vidʰya hṛ́daye yātudʰā́nān || 13||











párā śṛṇīhi tápasā yātudʰā́nānpárāgne rákṣo hárasā śṛṇīhi |
párārcíṣā mū́radevāñcʰṛṇīhi párāsutṛ́po abʰí śóśucānaḥ || 14||











párādyá devā́ vṛjináṃ śṛṇantu pratyágenaṃ śapátʰā yantu tṛṣṭā́ḥ |
vācā́stenaṃ śárava ṛcʰantu mármanvíśvasyaitu prásitiṃ yātudʰā́naḥ || 15||











yáḥ paúruṣeyeṇa kravíṣā samaṅkté yó áśvyena paśúnā yātudʰā́naḥ |
yó agʰnyā́yā bʰárati kṣīrámagne téṣāṃ śīrṣā́ṇi hárasā́pi vṛśca || 16||











saṃvatsarī́ṇaṃ páya usríyāyāstásya mā́śīdyātudʰā́no nṛcakṣaḥ |
pīyū́ṣamagne yatamástítṛpsāttáṃ pratyáñcamarcíṣā vidʰya márman || 17||











viṣáṃ gávāṃ yātudʰā́nāḥ pibantvā́ vṛścyantāmáditaye durévāḥ |
páraināndeváḥ savitā́ dadātu párā bʰāgámóṣadʰīnāṃ jayantām || 18||











sanā́dagne mṛṇasi yātudʰā́nānná tvā rákṣāṃsi pṛ́tanāsu jigyuḥ |
ánu daha sahámūrānkravyā́do mā́ te hetyā́ mukṣata daívyāyāḥ || 19||











tváṃ no agne adʰarā́dúdaktāttváṃ paścā́dutá rakṣā purástāt |
práti té te ajárāsastápiṣṭʰā agʰáśaṃsaṃ śóśucato dahantu || 20||











paścā́tpurástādadʰarā́dúdaktātkavíḥ kā́vyena pári pāhi rājan |
sákʰe sákʰāyamajáro jarimṇé'gne mártām̐ ámartyastváṃ naḥ || 21||











pári tvāgne púraṃ vayáṃ vípraṃ sahasya dʰīmahi |
dʰṛṣádvarṇaṃ divédive hantā́raṃ bʰaṅgurā́vatām || 22||











viṣéṇa bʰaṅgurā́vataḥ práti ṣma rakṣáso daha |
ágne tigména śocíṣā tápuragrābʰirṛṣṭíbʰiḥ || 23||











prátyagne mitʰunā́ daha yātudʰā́nā kimīdínā |
sáṃ tvā śiśāmi jāgṛhyádabdʰaṃ vipra mánmabʰiḥ || 24||











prátyagne hárasā háraḥ śṛṇīhí viśvátaḥ práti |
yātudʰā́nasya rakṣáso bálaṃ ví ruja vīryàm || 25||












Sūkta 10.88 

havíṣpā́ntamajáraṃ svarvídi divispṛ́śyā́hutaṃ júṣṭamagnaú |
tásya bʰármaṇe bʰúvanāya devā́ dʰármaṇe káṃ svadʰáyā papratʰanta || 1||











gīrṇáṃ bʰúvanaṃ támasā́pagūḷhamāvíḥ svarabʰavajjāté agnaú |
tásya devā́ḥ pṛtʰivī́ dyaúrutā́pó'raṇayannóṣadʰīḥ sakʰyé asya || 2||











devébʰirnvìṣitó yajñíyebʰiragníṃ stoṣāṇyajáraṃ bṛhántam |
yó bʰānúnā pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́mātatā́na ródasī antárikṣam || 3||











yó hótā́sītpratʰamó devájuṣṭo yáṃ samā́ñjannā́jyenā vṛṇānā́ḥ |
sá patatrī̀tvaráṃ stʰā́ jágadyácʰvātrámagnírakṛṇojjātávedāḥ || 4||











yájjātavedo bʰúvanasya mūrdʰánnátiṣṭʰo agne sahá rocanéna |
táṃ tvāhema matíbʰirgīrbʰíruktʰaíḥ sá yajñíyo abʰavo rodasiprā́ḥ || 5||